[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025119149A1 - Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device - Google Patents

Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025119149A1
WO2025119149A1 PCT/CN2024/136252 CN2024136252W WO2025119149A1 WO 2025119149 A1 WO2025119149 A1 WO 2025119149A1 CN 2024136252 W CN2024136252 W CN 2024136252W WO 2025119149 A1 WO2025119149 A1 WO 2025119149A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
transmission
uplink transmission
domain type
sbfd
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/136252
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李娜
王轶
曾超君
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd filed Critical Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025119149A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025119149A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method, an apparatus and a communication device.
  • uplink transmission is only transmitted on uplink (UL) symbols or flexible symbols.
  • UL uplink
  • DL downlink
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the user equipment also known as the terminal
  • the New Radio (NR) system introduces the full-duplex transmission technology.
  • the UE can be configured with subband full-duplex (SBFD) time domain resources. How to perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • SBFD subband full-duplex
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method, an apparatus, and a communication device, which can solve the problem of how to perform uplink transmission under SBFD configuration.
  • an uplink transmission method comprising:
  • the terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.
  • an uplink transmission device which is applied to a terminal, and the device includes:
  • a first processing module configured to determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, wherein the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the second processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.
  • an uplink transmission configuration method including:
  • the network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for the first uplink transmission;
  • the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.
  • SBFD sub-band full-duplex
  • non-SBFD non-sub-band full-duplex
  • an uplink transmission configuration device which is applied to a network side device, and the device includes:
  • a first sending module used to send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission;
  • the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.
  • SBFD sub-band full-duplex
  • non-SBFD non-sub-band full-duplex
  • a communication device which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect are implemented.
  • a terminal comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used to: determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, the target time domain type comprising a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; and determine a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.
  • a network side device which includes a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, and the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission; wherein the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type.
  • a communication system comprising: a terminal and a network side device, wherein the terminal can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission method as described in the first aspect, and the network side device can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method as described in the third aspect.
  • a readable storage medium on which a program or instruction is stored.
  • the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect are implemented.
  • a chip comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instructions to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, or to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, wherein the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, or to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect.
  • the terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the target time domain type includes an SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type; the terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type. In this way, the terminal can more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, so that the terminal can more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a network structure applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a flexible duplex mode
  • FIG3 is a flow chart of an uplink transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a time unit where a PUSCH is provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a second schematic diagram of a time unit where a PUSCH is provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a structural diagram of an uplink transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a flowchart of an uplink transmission configuration method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a structural diagram of an uplink transmission configuration device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a structural diagram of a terminal provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a network-side device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way are interchangeable where appropriate, so that the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and the objects distinguished by “first” and “second” are generally of one type, and the number of objects is not limited, for example, the first object can be one or more.
  • “or” in the present application represents at least one of the connected objects.
  • “A or B” covers three schemes, namely, Scheme 1: including A but not including B; Scheme 2: including B but not including A; Scheme 3: including both A and B.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated with each other are in an "or” relationship.
  • indication in this application can be a direct indication (or explicit indication) or an indirect indication (or implicit indication).
  • a direct indication can be understood as the sender explicitly informing the receiver of specific information, operations to be performed, or request results in the sent indication;
  • an indirect indication can be understood as the receiver determining the corresponding information according to the indication sent by the sender, or making a judgment and determining the operation to be performed or the request result according to the judgment result.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, an ultra-mobile personal computer (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer, UMPC), a mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR), a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) device, a robot, a wearable device (Wearable Device), a flight vehicle (flight vehicle), a vehicle user equipment (VUE), a shipborne equipment, a pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), a smart home (home appliances with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, televisions, washing machines or furniture, etc.), a game console, a personal computer (Personal Computer, PC
  • the vehicle-mounted device can also be called a vehicle-mounted terminal, a vehicle-mounted controller, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit, etc.
  • a chip in the terminal such as a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC).
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device, wherein the access network device may also be called a radio access network (RAN) device, a radio access network function or a radio access network unit.
  • the access network device may include a base station, a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) or a wireless fidelity (WiFi) node, etc.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the base station can be called Node B (Node B, NB), Evolved Node B (Evolved Node B, eNB), the next generation Node B (the next generation Node B, gNB), New Radio Node B (New Radio Node B, NR Node B), access point, Relay Base Station (Relay Base Station, RBS), Serving Base Station (Serving Base Station, SBS), Base Transceiver Station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, base Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home Node B (HNB), home evolved Node B (home evolved Node B), Transmission Reception Point (TRP) or other appropriate term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary. It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the base station is not limited.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUCCH resources are configured in the information element (IE) PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-config).
  • IE information element
  • PUCCH resource sets can be configured in PUCCH-config.
  • Each PUCCH resource set can contain one or more PUCCH resources (resource).
  • Each PUCCH resource set can carry different uplink control information (Uplink Control Information, UCI) bits.
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • the first PUCCH resource set can carry up to 2 bits of UCI and can contain up to 32 PUCCH resources.
  • the second PUCCH resource set can carry more than 2 and less than or equal to N2 bits of UCI.
  • the third PUCCH resource set can carry more than N2 and less than or equal to N3 bits of UCI
  • the fourth PUCCH resource set can carry more than N3 and less than or equal to 1706 bits of UCI.
  • N2 and N3 can be configured by Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC).
  • PUCCH-config can also configure at least one of the hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) feedback timing, PUCCH transmission power parameters and beam-related information.
  • HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment
  • the base station can configure the associated PUCCH resource identifier (resource ID) for each CSI/SR.
  • resource ID PUCCH resource identifier
  • the base station can configure the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmission of different priorities. Specifically, the base station configures the PUCCH configuration list (PUCCH-configurationList), which can include two PUCCH-configs, one for high priority and one for low priority UCI transmission.
  • PUCCH-configurationList can include two PUCCH-configs, one for high priority and one for low priority UCI transmission.
  • frequency division duplex FDD
  • TDD time division duplex
  • SBFD sub-band full-duplex
  • uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be carried out simultaneously in different frequency domain sub-bands.
  • a certain guard band can be reserved between the frequency domain sub-bands corresponding to different transmission directions (such as uplink sub-band and downlink sub-band).
  • the terminal side supports half-duplex, only uplink transmission or downlink transmission can be performed at the same time, and both cannot be performed at the same time. It can be understood that in this case, the uplink transmission and downlink transmission at the same time on the network side can only be for different terminals.
  • uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be performed simultaneously in different frequency domain sub-bands.
  • FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of the flexible duplex mode.
  • the network side semi-statically divides the frequency domain of a single carrier into three sub-bands, where the two sides of the carrier are downlink sub-bands and the middle is an uplink sub-band, to reduce interference to adjacent carriers.
  • UE1 and UE2 perform uplink transmission and downlink reception, respectively.
  • D represents a downlink symbol
  • S represents a flexible symbol
  • U represents an uplink symbol.
  • SBFD based on full-duplex on the network side and half-duplex on the terminal side is studied.
  • SI Rel-18 Duplex System Information
  • SBFD based on full-duplex on the network side and half-duplex on the terminal side is studied.
  • the focus is on semi-static SBFD, that is, only uplink is transmitted in the uplink subband configured on the network side, and only downlink is transmitted in the downlink subband configured on the network side.
  • Dynamic SBFD scheduling downlink control information (DCI)/non-scheduling DCI/media access control (MAC) control element (CE).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC media access control
  • the terminal when determining the PUCCH resource, determines the corresponding resource set in the corresponding PUCCH-config according to the number of bits of the UCI, and determines the corresponding resource set according to the indication of the PUCCH resource indicator (PUCCH Resource Indicator, PRI), and determines the transmission of UCI including HARQ-ACK in the determined resource set.
  • the UE For SBFD operation, the UE may be configured with SBFD symbols, on which the bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) may be divided into UL subband, guard band and DL subband, and uplink transmission can only be performed within the UL subband.
  • BWP Bandwidth Part
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method and an apparatus to solve the problem of how to perform uplink transmission under SBFD configuration.
  • the following symbol types can be distinguished: downlink symbol (DL symbol), uplink symbol (UL symbol), and flexible symbol (Flexible symbol).
  • tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated is not provided for a Serving cell, it can be considered that the type of each Symbol is Flexible symbol, or, the rules corresponding to the Flexible symbol are followed.
  • the following Symbol types can be further distinguished: SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.
  • the network side can configure certain symbols to perform SBFD operations through SBFD configuration information, that is, configure these symbols as SBFD symbols; any symbol that is not configured (or instructed) to perform SBFD operations can be considered a non-SBFD symbol.
  • SBFD configuration information that is, configure these symbols as SBFD symbols; any symbol that is not configured (or instructed) to perform SBFD operations can be considered a non-SBFD symbol.
  • some or all symbols in a single cycle determined based on the TDD pattern are configured as SBFD symbols.
  • These symbols configured as SBFD symbols can be some or all of the types of Symbol types distinguished based on the TDD pattern configuration information.
  • the symbol on the Serving cell can be further divided into the following three Symbol types:
  • the network side supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex, and the UE side only supports SBFD operation based on half-duplex. That is, within a single SBFD symbol, the UE can only perform uplink transmission or downlink reception, but cannot simultaneously perform uplink transmission and downlink reception based on frequency division multiplexing (FDM).
  • FDM frequency division multiplexing
  • the network side supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex
  • the UE side can support SBFD operation based on full-duplex, that is, the UE can simultaneously perform FDM-based uplink transmission and downlink reception within a single SBFD symbol.
  • a UE that supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex i.e., supports Duplex mode 2 or SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2
  • SBFD operation based on half-duplex i.e., supports Duplex mode 1 or SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1).
  • Any symbol that is not configured (or instructed) to perform an SBFD operation can be considered a non-SBFD symbol.
  • Symbol types based on SBFD configuration information (for example, two Symbol types, SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol, or three Symbol types, SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1, SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2 and non-SBFD symbol).
  • the corresponding uplink transmission parameters can be configured (directly) or derived (implicitly based on frequency domain offset, respective starting reference points, etc.) for different Symbol types to take into account/compensate for frequency domain resources, antenna and RF configuration, interference conditions and limitations corresponding to different Symbol types.
  • SBFD type and non-SBFD type are mainly considered.
  • the SBFD type may include at least one of SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1 and SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2.
  • uplink transmission method in combination with the accompanying drawings, the uplink transmission method, uplink transmission device, uplink transmission configuration method, and uplink transmission configuration device provided in the embodiments of the present application are described in detail through some embodiments and their application scenarios.
  • FIG3 is a flow chart of an uplink transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3 , the uplink transmission method includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 The terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type;
  • Step 302 The terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.
  • the embodiment of the present application defines two time domain types, one is the SBFD time domain type (which may be referred to as the SBFD type), and the other is the non-SBFD time domain type (which may be referred to as the non-SBFD type).
  • SBFD symbols, SBFD time slots, or SBFD sub-time slots all belong to the SBFD time domain type
  • uplink symbols, uplink time slots, uplink sub-time slots, downlink symbols, downlink time slots, downlink sub-time slots, flexible symbols, flexible time slots, or flexible sub-time slots all belong to the non-SBFD time domain type.
  • the first uplink transmission includes, for example, uplink transmissions such as PUCCH, Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) or PUSCH, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • uplink transmissions such as PUCCH, Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) or PUSCH, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, which can be understood as the terminal determining whether the first uplink transmission is an SBFD uplink transmission or a non-SBFD uplink transmission, wherein the SBFD uplink transmission represents an uplink transmission of the SBFD time domain type, and the non-SBFD uplink transmission represents an uplink transmission of the non-SBFD time domain type.
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type, which can make the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission more reasonable and help ensure the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the target time domain type as the SBFD time domain type as an example
  • the terminal can use a lower transmission power for the first uplink transmission to reduce the interference caused by the first uplink transmission to the downlink reception, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission is the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal can use a higher transmission power for the first uplink transmission to improve the reliability of the first uplink transmission, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the base station may configure PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config, etc. for transmission in SBFD time domain resources, and PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config, etc. for transmission in non-SBFD time domain resources.
  • the SBFD configuration may be at the time slot/sub-time slot or symbol level. Under the SBFD configuration, the UE needs to determine the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission, and needs to determine the transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the uplink transmission.
  • the terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the target time domain type includes an SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type; the terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type. In this way, the terminal can more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, so that the terminal can more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to configuration information or scheduling information
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • the time domain type of uplink transmission may be determined according to configuration information or scheduling information, or may be determined according to a specific time domain unit.
  • time domain unit can be understood as a specific time domain position.
  • time slot (slot) i can be regarded as a time domain unit
  • the j-th symbol in slot i can also be regarded as a time domain unit.
  • the time domain granularities corresponding to different time domain units may be the same or different.
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located and the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission may have the same or different time domain unit granularities.
  • the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission may include one or more time domain units.
  • the time domain unit corresponding to the actual transmission of the first uplink transmission, or the time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission may be understood as the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the granularity of the time domain units of the two may be the same or different.
  • the time domain granularity of the target time domain unit may include a symbol, a time slot, a sub-time slot, etc.
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located may include a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot, etc.
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;
  • the terminal determines, according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, the target time domain type, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;
  • the terminal determines, according to fourth configuration information, the target time domain type, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission;
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission;
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.
  • the first uplink transmission is PUCCH, and the first configuration information is PUCCH-config; the first uplink transmission is PUSCH, and the first configuration information is PUSCH-config configuration list; the first uplink transmission is configured grant PUSCH (Configured Grant PUSCH, CG-PUSCH) or SRS, and the first configuration information is CG-PUSCH or SRS configuration list.
  • the second configuration information is configuration information used to configure resources for each PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH (per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured).
  • the first uplink transmission is PUCCH
  • the third configuration information is PUCCH resource set/List
  • the first uplink transmission is SRS or CG-PUSCH
  • the third configuration information is a configuration list.
  • the fourth configuration information may be understood as configuration information used to configure the time domain type, which may be existing configuration information or new configuration information.
  • the first scheduling information can be understood as dynamic scheduling information.
  • dynamic scheduling information for dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, such as PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, dynamic grant PUCSH (Dynamic Grant PUCSH, DG-PUCSH) or type 2CG-PUSCH, the first scheduling information includes scheduling DCI or activation DCI.
  • PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK dynamic grant PUCSH (Dynamic Grant PUCSH, DG-PUCSH) or type 2CG-PUSCH
  • the first scheduling information includes scheduling DCI or activation DCI.
  • the second scheduling information can be understood as semi-persistent scheduling information, semi-static configuration information or high-level signaling.
  • semi-statically configured uplink transmission such as SPS HARQ-ACK/CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH (especially type1CG-PUSCH)
  • the transmission time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission is configured through high-level signaling (such as per CSI report/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH configuration).
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the first scheduling information, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:
  • a downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission
  • the uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • the time domain type corresponding to the symbol at the end position of the last DL transmission corresponding to HARQ-ACK can be used, wherein the time domain type corresponding to the symbol at the end position of the last DL transmission can be the time domain type of the DL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission, or the time domain type of the UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission.
  • the DL transmission and the UL transmission correspond to different service cells or different subcarrier intervals, and the time domain type of the UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission is different, that is, according to the end position of the DL transmission, it is mapped to the service cell corresponding to the UL transmission or the UL symbol corresponding to the subcarrier interval.
  • the first uplink transmission corresponds to service cell A
  • the corresponding downlink transmission corresponds to service cell B
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes: the uplink time domain unit on service cell A corresponding to the end symbol of the downlink transmission on service cell B.
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.
  • the target time domain unit is semi-statically configured as (or configured by dynamic signaling as) an SBFD time domain unit, or the target time domain unit only includes SBFD symbols, the target time domain unit is of SBFD type.
  • the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit, which can be understood as the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit by high-level signaling and/or dynamic signaling.
  • the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit by high-level signaling.
  • the target time domain unit is not semi-statically configured as (or configured by dynamic signaling as) a non-SBFD time domain unit, or the target time domain unit only contains non-SBFD symbols, the target time domain unit is of non-SBFD type.
  • the time domain type of the target time domain unit is determined according to the following method:
  • the number of SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain unit is determined according to the time domain type with a larger number of symbols;
  • time domain unit Determined according to a predefined position in the time domain unit, such as a time domain type corresponding to a first symbol or a last symbol;
  • the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • a first time domain unit where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;
  • the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission
  • the time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.
  • the first time domain unit comprises a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot.
  • the second time domain unit comprises a time slot or a sub-time slot.
  • the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission
  • the terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.
  • the second time domain unit includes the following two cases:
  • the time domain unit where the UE is instructed to transmit the HARQ-ACK for example, the time domain unit (such as a time slot or sub-time slot) used to feedback the HARQ-ACK determined according to the timing indication from PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback;
  • SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH it is the time domain unit determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH and the offset within the period (as well as the starting symbol position and sub-slot configuration). For example: the transmission time slot determined according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH and the offset within the period, or the transmission time slot and sub-slot configuration determined according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS and the offset within the period, or the sub-slot determined according to the starting symbol of the PUCCH transmitting SR/CSI.
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain unit in which the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.
  • the terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission, including:
  • the terminal receives a first message from a network-side device, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, where a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and where a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.
  • the first transmission configuration item may include one or more transmission configurations, and the first transmission configuration item may also include one or more transmission configurations. When multiple transmission configurations are included, the multiple transmission configurations may be used for uplink transmissions of different priorities respectively.
  • the first transmission configuration item is PUCCH configuration list (configList) 1
  • the second transmission configuration item is PUCCH-configList2.
  • the base station configures PUCCH-configList1 for SBFD symbol transmission, and PUCCH-configList2 for non-SBFD symbol transmission.
  • each PUCCH-configList may contain one or more PUCCH-configs, for example, for high and low priority UCI transmissions respectively.
  • Each PUCCH-config includes PUCCH resources, PUCCH transmission power control parameters or spatial information parameters (such as beam parameters), etc.
  • the terminal can directly select the corresponding transmission configuration item according to the determined time domain type, thereby efficiently determining appropriate transmission parameters, which is beneficial to ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the transmission parameters include transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation (TDRA), offset value (beta_offset), transmission code rate, power control parameters and at least one of beam parameters.
  • TDRA and offset value are transmission parameters of PUSCH.
  • TDRA is used for time domain resource allocation of PUSCH.
  • TDRA includes the time slot offset K2 from PDCCH to the starting time slot of PUSCH, the starting symbol and number of symbols transmitted by PUSCH in the time slot, and other parameters.
  • the offset value is a parameter used to control the number of REs occupied when UCI is transmitted on PUSCH.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid;
  • the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid.
  • the UE can determine whether a certain uplink transmission is valid (or whether it can be transmitted) based on the SBFD configuration information from the network-side device. For example, if the uplink transmission is configured/instructed to be transmitted in the SBFD time domain, its transmission resources overlap with non-SBFD symbols, or its frequency domain resources exceed the frequency domain resource range available for the UL (for example, for PUSCH transmission, the frequency domain resources allocated to PUSCH exceed the UL subband resource range configured by SBFD), then the UE determines that the uplink transmission is invalid.
  • the method of determining whether a certain uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information can adopt the method of the above example.
  • the SBFD configuration information can be obtained by the UE receiving a second message from the network side device.
  • the network side device sends a second message to the terminal to configure at least one time domain unit for the terminal. If the time domain unit includes at least one SBFD time domain unit, the second message can be understood as SBFD configuration information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the terminal When determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, the terminal performs a first operation, where the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission is canceled.
  • the terminal selects a resource location that meets the validity condition for the first uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the first uplink transmission.
  • the terminal when selecting a time domain unit for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select a time domain unit including two symbols (ie, a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol).
  • the terminal when selecting frequency domain resources for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select frequency domain resources beyond the range of the SBFD uplink subband.
  • the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by determining whether the uplink transmission is valid and transmitting the valid uplink transmission, thereby facilitating ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the terminal performs a second operation, where the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.
  • Postponing the first uplink transmission may be understood as the terminal selecting a resource location that meets a validity condition for the first uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the first uplink transmission.
  • the terminal when selecting a time domain unit for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select (can be understood as skipping) a time domain unit whose time domain type does not match the target time domain type.
  • the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by comparing whether the time domain type of the time domain unit actually transmitted matches the target time domain type, and handles the mismatch by performing the second operation, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the terminal performs a third operation, where the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.
  • the third operation may also include canceling the second uplink transmission.
  • the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission may be, for example, PUCCH and PUCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH, or PUSCH and PUSCH.
  • the above-mentioned third operation can be understood as overlapping processing or intra-UE overlapping processing.
  • the overlapping processing methods include, for example, multiplexing (i.e., multiplexing the content carried by different channels on one channel for transmission), cancellation (i.e., canceling the transmission of some channels, cancellation can be understood as not transmitting or discarding) or priority processing (prioritization) (i.e., canceling the transmission of some channels according to priority, cancellation can be understood as not transmitting or discarding), etc.
  • the terminal when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal performs a third operation, including:
  • the terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device;
  • the terminal When determining that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the terminal performs the third operation.
  • the terminal may first perform a validity check. If it is invalid, the UE may not perform the overlapping processing between the uplink transmissions, or in other words, the invalid uplink transmission channel does not participate in the overlapping processing; if it is valid, the UE performs the overlapping processing between the uplink transmissions, or in other words, the above channels participate in the overlapping processing. This method can avoid some unnecessary discarding.
  • the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission for transmission;
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal determines, according to the SBFD configuration information, whether a channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid.
  • the terminal may first perform overlap processing between uplink transmissions, and then perform validity check after the overlap processing.
  • This approach can simplify UE processing and avoid the UE performing multiple validity checks.
  • the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the method further comprises:
  • the terminal determines a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission.
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines, as the transmission parameter of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;
  • the terminal determines, as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;
  • the terminal determines a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to a transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, and the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH with a corresponding DCI;
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSIPUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without corresponding DCI;
  • the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK with corresponding DCI may be understood as the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the DG-PDSCH or PDCCH;
  • HARQ-ACK without corresponding DCI can be understood as HARQ-ACK corresponding to SPS PDSCH.
  • the UE may determine the PUCCH-config corresponding to the multiplexed PUCCH according to a predefined rule, for example:
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the SBFD; or,
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to SBFD; or,
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD;
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to non-SBFD.
  • the multiplexed PUCCH resource is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK;
  • the UE multiplexes the HARQ-ACK on the CSI resources and uses the PUCCH-config corresponding to the CSIPUCCH to transmit the PUCCH;
  • the multiplexed PUCCH resources are determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the high priority HARQ-ACK (HP HARQ-ACK);
  • UCI is multiplexed into PUSCH transmission
  • PUSCH and UCI are transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH; for example, in non-SBFD PUSCH transmission, PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD.
  • the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by determining the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission, thereby facilitating the communication performance of the terminal.
  • UE determines the time domain type of uplink transmission
  • the UE determines the time domain type of uplink transmission, such as PUCCH or other UL transmission (e.g., Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), etc.) according to the following method, that is, the UE determines whether the uplink transmission is SBFD transmission (i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is SBFD type) or non-SBFD transmission (i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is non-SBFD type):
  • SBFD transmission i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is SBFD type
  • non-SBFD transmission i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is non-SBFD type
  • the time domain unit corresponding to the SBFD type may include, for example, a SBFD symbol/time slot/sub-time slot.
  • Method 1 Determine the time domain type of uplink transmission according to pre-configuration information, for example:
  • Method 1-1 For PUCCH, the time domain type of PUCCH transmission is determined according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the PUCCH resource is located. For example, the base station configures PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set for the UE to transmit in the SBFD time domain or non-SBFD time domain respectively, and the UE determines the time domain type of its transmission according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the PUCCH is located.
  • the time domain type of its transmission is determined according to the configuration list in which it is located.
  • Method 1-2 Determine the time domain type of each uplink transmission according to the pre-configured time domain type corresponding to each uplink transmission resource. For example, the base station configures the time domain type of each uplink transmission resource (such as per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured).
  • Method 1-3 Determine the time domain type of each uplink transmission according to the pre-configuration information corresponding to the information or signal carried by each uplink resource.
  • the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK For the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the HARQ-ACK is located or the PUCCH resource is located, such as the scheduling DCI or RRC configuration information (such as the index) of the codebook or PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the HARQ-ACK is located.
  • the higher layer configures the corresponding transmission time domain type (such as per CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH configuration). For example, for CG-PUSCH type-2, the UE can determine the corresponding time domain type according to the indication of activating DCI.
  • the time domain type of the uplink transmission configured by the DCI or RRC can be determined by indicating the corresponding power control parameters or spatial relationship parameters.
  • SRS resource indicator SRI
  • QCL Quasi co-location
  • Method 2 Determine the time domain type of uplink transmission according to predefined rules, for example:
  • Method 2-1 Determine the time domain type of the uplink transmission based on the time domain type of the time domain unit where the nominal transmission (if an uplink transmission is contained in multiple locations, such as repetition, one TB over multiple PUSCHs or multi-PUSCH scheduling, it can be the first transmission/repetition) is located. Specifically:
  • the time domain type of uplink transmission is the time domain type corresponding to the time unit where the UE is instructed to transmit HARQ-ACK/PUSCH/SRS.
  • PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are instructed to feedback HARQ-ACK in time slot n+5 and time slot n+7 respectively.
  • time slot n+5 is a SBFD slot
  • time slot n+7 is a non-SBFD slot.
  • the UE determines that the time domain types of PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 are SBFD type and non-SBFD type respectively.
  • the time domain type of uplink transmission is the time domain type corresponding to the time unit determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS and the offset within the period (as well as the starting symbol position and sub-time slot configuration).
  • the UE determines the time slots for CSI/SR transmission in period 1 and period 2 according to the period and offset of CSI/SR, wherein in period 1, the time slot in which it is located is configured as an SBFD time slot, and in period 2, the time slot in which it is located is configured as a non-SBFD time slot, then the UE determines the time domain types of PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 as SBFD type and non-SBFD type respectively.
  • Method 2-2 Determine the time domain type of the uplink transmission based on the time domain type of the time domain unit where the actual transmission (it can be the first transmission/repetition if an uplink transmission is contained in multiple locations, such as repetition, one TB over multiple PUSCHs) or multi-PUSCH scheduling) is located.
  • the uplink transmission is originally scheduled/configured for transmission in a certain time unit, but due to some reasons (for example, the time unit is DL, or the uplink transmission is cancelled by an uplink transmission with a higher priority), the uplink transmission cannot be transmitted, and according to some predefined rules, the uplink transmission is postponed to other time units for transmission.
  • the other transmission units are the time domain units where the actual transmission is located.
  • the time domain unit of actual transmission is the time slot for PUCCH transmission determined by the UE according to the definition rule.
  • the time unit of actual transmission is the time unit corresponding to the actual transmission.
  • the UE determines the time domain unit of actual transmission according to the following method:
  • the first symbol corresponding to the PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS resource (for example, provided by startingSymbolIndex) is a UL symbol or a flexible symbol or a SBFD symbol that is not a synchronization signal (SS)/physical broadcast channel (PBCH);
  • time unit A includes the following situations:
  • the time unit A is the time unit in which the UE is instructed to feedback HARQ-ACK (for example, determined according to the timing of PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback) or transmit PUSCH/SRS;
  • time unit A is the time unit for sending SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS configuration and the offset within the period.
  • Time unit A can be time slot A or sub-slot A. If it is sub-slot A, for SR/CSI, the UE also needs to determine sub-slot A based on the PUCCH start symbol position and sub-slot length configuration.
  • the time unit can be replaced by the time domain unit, and the two have the same meaning.
  • the time domain unit may be, for example, a time slot/sub-time slot.
  • this method is applicable to the situation where the UE does not need to determine the time slot/sub-time slot or the starting symbol and symbol position of the uplink transmission according to the time domain type, for example: for SBFD type and non-SBFD type uplink transmission, the timing feedback timing set and time domain resource configuration of the PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback are common or the same, or for SBFD type and non-SBFD type uplink transmission, the time domain position corresponding to the same PRI/resource ID is the same, or the SBFD is configured at the slot level.
  • the UE may determine its time domain type by using at least one of the following methods:
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is the SBFD type
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is SBFD type
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is a non-SBFD type
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is a non-SBFD type.
  • a certain time slot/sub-time slot may have both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • a certain time domain unit contains both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols.
  • the UE can determine the time domain type of the time domain unit according to at least one of the following methods:
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is the SBFD type; if the number of non-SBFD symbols in the time domain unit is greater than the number of SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the time domain unit is the non-SBFD type;
  • the symbol at the predefined position may be the first symbol or the last symbol; for example, if the first symbol in the time domain unit is an SBFD symbol, the time domain type of the time domain unit is an SBFD type, otherwise it is a non-SBFD type;
  • the symbol where the end position of the last DL transmission is located may be a DL symbol corresponding to the end position of the last DL transmission, or a UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the last DL transmission, the latter mainly being applicable to the case where the DL and UL are on different carriers;
  • the time domain type of the time domain unit is an SBFD type
  • the UE can determine the time domain type of the time domain unit according to the symbol type of the symbol where the PUCCH resources are located.
  • the UE determines the time domain type of the time domain unit where the actual uplink transmission is located, and the UE can use the determined time domain type as the time domain type of the uplink transmission.
  • the uplink transmission can be divided into two categories according to the different time domain types: SBFD transmission and non-SBFD transmission.
  • the UL/flexible symbol in this embodiment refers to a symbol that is configured as a UL or flexible symbol by semi-static signaling, such as tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated, and is not configured as an SBFD symbol (exemplarily, the symbol is not configured as an SBFD symbol by semi-static signaling).
  • the SBFD symbol in this embodiment refers to an SBFD symbol determined according to high-level signaling or dynamic signaling, for example, the SBFD symbol is an SBFD symbol determined according to high-level signaling.
  • UE determines transmission parameters for uplink transmission
  • the time domain type of uplink transmission determined by the UE above can be used to further determine the time domain resource location (such as the time domain unit where the transmission is located) and transmission parameters (such as transmission configuration, feedback timing set, TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameters or beam parameters, etc.) of the uplink transmission. That is, the UE determines at least one of the time domain resource location and transmission parameters of the uplink transmission according to the determined time domain type of the uplink transmission.
  • the base station can configure different transmission parameters for the UE, such as transmission configuration, feedback timing set, TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameters or beam parameters, etc., for the UE to perform SBFD transmission and non-SBFD transmission respectively.
  • the UE can determine the time unit for feeding back HARQ-ACK based on the k1 indication field in its DCI, and determine the corresponding PUCCH-config based on the time domain type of the time unit, and determine the PUCCH resources for transmitting HARQ-ACK and the transmission parameters during PUCCH transmission in the PUCCH-config.
  • the UE may determine its transmission time unit in each period based on high-level configuration information, and determine its transmission parameters based on the time domain type of the time unit.
  • each PUCCH-configList may contain one or more PUCCH-configs, for example, for high and low priority UCI transmissions, respectively.
  • Each PUCCH-config contains PUCCH resources, PUCCH transmission power control parameters, spatial information parameters, etc. Then, for HARQ-ACK feedback, the UE may determine its PUCCH transmission resources and the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:
  • DCI indicates the time domain type/codebook type of HARQ-ACK feedback (the codebook type corresponds to the time domain type);
  • DCI directly indicates the PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList used by the UE;
  • the DCI indicates the time unit of HARQ-ACK feedback, and the UE determines the corresponding PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList according to the time domain type of the time unit.
  • the UE After the UE determines the PUCCH-config according to the above method, it determines the PUCCH resources corresponding to the HARQ-ACK transmission in the PUCCH-config, and uses the transmission parameters corresponding to the PUCCH-config to transmit the PUCCH (if the PUCCH can be transmitted).
  • the UE can determine the time domain type corresponding to its PUCCH transmission based on the indication in its DCI, and thereby determine the corresponding PUCCH-config, in which the PUCCH resources for transmitting HARQ-ACK (which may include a PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set) and the transmission parameters during PUCCH transmission are determined.
  • the PUCCH resources for transmitting HARQ-ACK which may include a PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set
  • the UE does not expect that the time domain type corresponding to the PUCCH transmission indicated by the DCI does not match the time domain type configured by the time domain unit for transmitting the PUCCH determined by the UE.
  • the UE determines its PUCCH transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:
  • the base station For each CSI/SR, the base station configures its associated PUCCH resource ID.
  • One PUCCH resource ID is uniquely associated with a PUCCH-config.
  • the UE determines the time domain type corresponding to the CSI/SR transmission based on the mapping relationship between the PUCCH-config and the time domain type, and uses the transmission parameters configured in the PUCCH-config, such as the maximum code rate, power control parameters, beam parameters, etc. to transmit the PUCCH.
  • the base station For each CSI/SR, the base station configures its associated PUCCH resource ID.
  • Each CSI/SR can be associated with 2 PUCCH resource IDs for UE transmission in SBFD and non-SBFD time domain resources respectively.
  • the UE determines which PUCCH-config corresponding transmission resources and/or transmission parameters, such as maximum transmission rate, power control, beam and other parameters, to use to transmit the PUCCH according to the type of time unit where the CSI/SR is located.
  • the UE needs to determine the time unit of HARQ-ACK feedback according to the feedback timing indication from PDSCH to HARQ-ACK, and the value corresponding to the feedback timing indication can be configured by the timing set in PUCCH-config, and the time granularity (time slot/sub-time slot) corresponding to the feedback timing can also be determined by the sub-slot configuration in PUCCH-config. Therefore, this method is applicable to the case where the corresponding PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set and timing granularity are the same for SBFD and non-SBFD types.
  • the corresponding DCI format is DCI 0_0, or the SBFD and non-SBFD types share a set/the same PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set and timing granularity configuration.
  • the UE determines its transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:
  • the UE can determine its transmission time domain resource type/corresponding transmission parameters/parameter set (such as PUSCH-config) according to the DCI indication corresponding to PUSCH/SRS;
  • the UE can determine the type of time unit corresponding to the PUSCH/SRS transmission in the current period based on the high-level configuration (similar to CSI/SR) or the indication corresponding to the activated DCI, and use the corresponding transmission parameters/parameter set.
  • UE determines whether uplink transmission can be transmitted
  • the UE may perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the uplink transmission is transmitted using the transmission parameters in the configuration corresponding to type B (eg, PUCCH-config).
  • the UE postpones the transmission in that period (such as postponing it to the next available time domain unit), or cancels the transmission in that period, or uses the transmission parameters corresponding to another type to transmit the PUCCH (such as power, beam information and other related parameters).
  • the UE postpones the transmission within the period, or cancels the transmission within the period, or uses transmission parameters corresponding to another type to transmit the uplink transmission.
  • the UE can determine whether the PUCCH can be transmitted based on the SBFD configuration information, or whether the PUCCH can be transmitted using the transmission parameters corresponding to the PUCCH-config (for the convenience of the following description, the determination step can be referred to as the first step).
  • the UE can cancel the PUCCH transmission, or postpone the PUCCH transmission, or transmit the PUCCH according to the transmission parameters corresponding to type B. If the time domain unit of the PUCCH resource overlaps with both the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol, the UE can cancel the PUCCH transmission, or postpone the PUCCH transmission, or transmit the PUCCH according to the transmission parameters corresponding to a specific type (type A or type B).
  • the UE can determine, based on the SBFD configuration information, whether a certain CG-PUSCH transmission can be transmitted (for example, the frequency domain resources corresponding to the CG-PUSCH exceed the UL subband range corresponding to the SBFD), or whether a certain CG-PUSCH transmission can overlap with different symbol types, or whether the time domain type of the CG-PUSCH matches its configured/indicated type (for the convenience of subsequent description, this determination step may be referred to as the first step).
  • the UE first executes the first step, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing (eg, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUCCH, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUSCH).
  • intra-UE multiplexing eg, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUCCH, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUSCH.
  • the UE performs intra-UE multiplexing first, and then executes the first step.
  • the UE performs the first step before intra-UE multiplexing, at each step of the multiplexing process, and after multiplexing.
  • Method 1 The UE first determines the uplink transmission and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines whether the multiplexed PUCCH can be transmitted based on the SBFD configuration information.
  • Method 2 The UE first determines the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information.
  • Method 3 The UE first performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission according to the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted.
  • the UE does not need to determine which set of PUCCH resources the PUCCH is based on the SBFD configuration information before intra-UE multiplexing. After completing intra-UE multiplexing, the UE determines which set of PUCCH resources the PUCCH is based on the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted.
  • the UE determines the transmission parameters of the UCI based on the configuration of the PUSCH after completing the multiplexing of the PUCCH and PUSCH, for example, according to the offset value corresponding to the configured SBFD (i.e., beta_offset, a parameter used to control the number of resource elements (RE) occupied by the UCI transmission on the PUSCH) or the beta_offset corresponding to the non-SBFD to determine whether the PUSCH is transmitted in the SBFD symbol or in the non-SBFD symbol.
  • the offset value corresponding to the configured SBFD i.e., beta_offset, a parameter used to control the number of resource elements (RE) occupied by the UCI transmission on the PUSCH
  • the beta_offset a parameter used to control the number of resource elements (RE) occupied by the UCI transmission on the PUSCH
  • Method 4 The UE first determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines the corresponding type of uplink transmission according to the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted.
  • the UE does not wish/expect that two PUCCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) overlap.
  • two PUCCH resources corresponding to different time domain types may overlap.
  • the UE determines the transmission type of the multiplexed PUCCH (e.g., the PUCCH-config) according to at least one of the following predefined rules:
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the SBFD, or is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the SBFD;
  • the multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD, or transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to non-SBFD;
  • Multiplex according to a specific multiplexing rule and transmit according to the transmission parameters of the PUCCH-config corresponding to the multiplexed PUCCH, for example:
  • the multiplexed PUCCH resource is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK;
  • the UE multiplexes the HARQ-ACK on the CSI resources and uses the PUCCH-config corresponding to the CSIPUCCH to transmit the PUCCH;
  • the multiplexed PUCCH resources are determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the high-priority HARQ-ACK (i.e., HP HARQ-ACK).
  • the UE does not wish/expect that two PUCCH resources and PUSCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) overlap.
  • two PUCCH resources and PUSCH resources corresponding to different time domain types may overlap.
  • the UE determines the transmission type (UCI parameter) of the multiplexed PUCCH according to at least one of the following predefined rules:
  • PUSCH and UCI are transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH (corresponding PUSCH-config), where the beta_offset of UCI is determined according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUSCH;
  • PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH (corresponding PUSCH-config), and UCI is transmitted according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUCCH, where the beta_offset of UCI is determined according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUCCH;
  • the PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD.
  • the UE after the UE determines the PUCCH/PUSCH transmission according to the base station configuration or scheduling, it will perform intra-UE multiplexing, including overlapping processing between PUCCH and PUCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH. After the multiplexing is completed, the UE can determine whether the multiplexed PUCCH/PUSCH can be transmitted according to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration. For example, if the multiplexed PUCCH/PUSCH time domain unit overlaps with the DL symbol configured or indicated by the base station, the PUCCH/PUSCH cannot be transmitted.
  • the UE determines a maximum of two PUCCHs for transmitting CSI reports according to the following rules, for example:
  • the UE can select the PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority (such as PUCCH A).
  • PUCCH A is in short PUCCH format, that is, PUCCH format 2
  • the UE selects a PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority from the remaining CSIPUCCHs that do not overlap with PUCCH A
  • PUCCH A is in long PUCCH format
  • the UE selects a PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority from the CSIPUCCHs that do not overlap with PUCCH A and whose corresponding PUCCH format is PUCCH format 2.
  • the UE If the UE is configured with a PUCCH resource list multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList for transmitting multiple CSI reports, and there is a CSI PUCCH with time domain overlap in a time slot, the UE multiplexes all CSI reports in the time slot on a PUCCH resource configured in the multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList (if the transmission code rate exceeds the corresponding PUCCH after multiplexing, some CSI reports may be discarded).
  • the UE can first determine whether each CSIPUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration, and determine the CSI PUCCH to be transmitted among the CSIPUCCHs that can be transmitted according to the above rules.
  • the UE can first determine whether the high-priority channel can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration. When the channel can be transmitted, the UE can cancel the low-priority channel overlapping with it; if the high-priority channel cannot be transmitted due to the SBFD configuration, the UE may not cancel the low-priority channel overlapping with it (that is, when processing overlapping of different channels, the channel that cannot be transmitted due to the SBFD configuration is not considered).
  • the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the uplink transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by an uplink transmission device.
  • the uplink transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the uplink transmission device performing the uplink transmission method as an example.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an uplink transmission device, which can be applied to a terminal.
  • the uplink transmission device 600 includes:
  • the first processing module 601 is configured to determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the second processing module 602 is used to determine the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • Determining the target time domain type according to first scheduling information where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission
  • the target time domain type is determined according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:
  • a downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission
  • the uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;
  • the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • determining the target time domain type to be the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.
  • the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • a first time domain unit where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;
  • the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission
  • the time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.
  • the first time domain unit includes a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot
  • the second time domain unit includes a time slot or a sub-time slot.
  • the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission
  • the terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.
  • the second processing module includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first message from a network side device, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, wherein a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • a first processing unit configured to determine a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type
  • the second processing unit is used to determine the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.
  • the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a third processing module is configured to determine whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following:
  • the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid;
  • the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a fourth processing module configured to, when determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, perform a first operation, wherein the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission is canceled.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a fifth processing module configured to perform a second operation when the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, wherein the second operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.
  • the device further comprises:
  • a sixth processing module is configured to perform a third operation when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, where the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.
  • the sixth processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the third operation is performed.
  • the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission;
  • the device also includes:
  • the seventh processing module is used to determine whether the channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information.
  • the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the device also includes:
  • An eighth processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission.
  • the eighth processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH
  • the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH
  • the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission are determined according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.
  • the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the uplink transmission device 600 in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
  • the electronic device can be a terminal, or it can be other devices other than a terminal.
  • the terminal can include but is not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices can be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink transmission device 600 provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement the various processes implemented in the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • FIG7 shows a flow chart of an uplink transmission configuration method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG7 , the uplink transmission configuration method includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 A network-side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission; wherein the target time domain type includes a SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type.
  • the network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, including at least one of the following:
  • the network side device sends first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;
  • the network side device sends second configuration information to the terminal, where the second configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;
  • the network side device sends third configuration information to the terminal, where the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;
  • the network side device sends fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure a time domain type of the first uplink transmission.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the network side device sends a first message to the terminal, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item;
  • the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters.
  • the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.
  • the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the uplink transmission configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by an uplink transmission configuration device.
  • the uplink transmission configuration device performing the uplink transmission configuration method is taken as an example to illustrate the uplink transmission configuration device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides an uplink transmission configuration device, which can be applied to a network side device.
  • the uplink transmission configuration device 800 includes:
  • a first sending module 801 is used to send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission;
  • the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.
  • SBFD sub-band full-duplex
  • non-SBFD non-sub-band full-duplex
  • the first sending module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the terminal Sending first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;
  • the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;
  • the device further comprises:
  • a second sending module configured to send a first message to a terminal, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item;
  • the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters.
  • the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.
  • the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the uplink transmission configuration device 800 in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
  • the electronic device can be a terminal, or it can be other devices other than a terminal.
  • the terminal can include but is not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices can be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink transmission configuration device 800 provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment of Figure 7 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 900, including a processor 901 and a memory 902, wherein the memory 902 stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor 901.
  • the communication device 900 is a terminal
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 901 to implement the various steps of the method embodiments of FIG3 to FIG5 , and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the communication device 900 is a network side device
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 901 to implement the various steps of the method embodiment of FIG7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the steps in the method embodiment shown in Figures 3 to 5.
  • the terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the terminal embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal implementing the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1000 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1001, a network module 1002, an audio output unit 1003, an input unit 1004, a sensor 1005, a display unit 1006, a user input unit 1007, an interface unit 1008, a memory 1009 and at least some of the components of a processor 1010.
  • the terminal 1000 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to each component, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 1010 through a power management system, so as to implement functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • a power source such as a battery
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG10 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange components differently, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the input unit 1004 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 10041 and a microphone 10042, and the graphics processor 10041 processes the image data of the static picture or video obtained by the image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode.
  • the display unit 1006 may include a display panel 10061, and the display panel 10061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, etc.
  • the user input unit 1007 includes a touch panel 10071 and at least one of other input devices 10072.
  • the touch panel 10071 is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch panel 10071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 10072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as a volume control key, a switch key, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, and a joystick, which will not be repeated here.
  • the RF unit 1001 can transmit the data to the processor 1010 for processing; in addition, the RF unit 1001 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the RF unit 1001 includes but is not limited to an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, etc.
  • the memory 1009 can be used to store software programs or instructions and various data.
  • the memory 1009 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 1009 may include a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or the memory 1009 may include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), a static random access memory (SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (DRAM), a synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), a double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), an enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), a synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM) and a direct memory bus random access memory (DRRAM).
  • the memory 1009 in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the processor 1010 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1010 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to an operating system, a user interface, and application programs, and the modem processor mainly processes wireless communication signals, such as a baseband processor. It is understandable that the modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1010.
  • the processor 1010 is used for:
  • the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type;
  • SBFD sub-band full-duplex
  • non-SBFD non-sub-band full-duplex
  • processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • Determining the target time domain type according to first scheduling information where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission
  • the target time domain type is determined according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.
  • the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.
  • the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:
  • a downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission
  • the uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;
  • the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • determining the target time domain type to be the non-SBFD time domain type
  • the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.
  • the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • a first time domain unit where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;
  • the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission
  • the time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.
  • the first time domain unit includes a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot
  • the second time domain unit includes a time slot or a sub-time slot.
  • the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission
  • the terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type is the SBFD time domain type
  • determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode
  • the target method includes at least one of the following:
  • the target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.
  • the radio frequency unit 1001 is used for:
  • the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, where the first transmission configuration item has a mapping relationship with the SBFD time domain type, and where the second transmission configuration item has a mapping relationship with the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item is determined as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.
  • the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • Determining whether the first uplink transmission is valid includes at least one of the following:
  • the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid;
  • the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • performing a first operation where the first operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission is canceled.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • performing a second operation including at least one of the following:
  • the third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • performing a third operation where the third operation includes at least one of the following:
  • the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.
  • processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • the third operation is performed.
  • the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission;
  • the processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;
  • the processor 1010 is further configured to:
  • processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH
  • the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH
  • the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission are determined according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.
  • the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the steps of the method embodiment shown in Figure 7.
  • the network side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the network side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device.
  • the network side device 1100 includes: an antenna 111, a radio frequency device 112, a baseband device 113, a processor 114 and a memory 115.
  • the antenna 111 is connected to the radio frequency device 112.
  • the radio frequency device 112 receives information through the antenna 111 and sends the received information to the baseband device 113 for processing.
  • the baseband device 113 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 112.
  • the radio frequency device 112 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 111.
  • the method executed by the network-side device in the above embodiment may be implemented in the baseband device 113, which includes a baseband processor.
  • the baseband device 113 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, on which a plurality of chips are arranged, as shown in FIG11 , wherein one of the chips is, for example, a baseband processor, which is connected to the memory 115 through a bus interface to call a program in the memory 115 and execute the operations performed by the terminal or network side device shown in the above method embodiment.
  • the network side device may also include a network interface 116, which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • a network interface 116 which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the network side device 110 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 115 and executable on the processor 114.
  • the processor 114 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 115 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in Figure 8 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored.
  • the program or instruction When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the program or instruction implements the various processes of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 above, or implements the various processes of the method embodiment of Figure 7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment, or the processor of the network side device described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes a computer readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory ROM, a random access memory RAM, a magnetic disk or an optical disk.
  • the readable storage medium may be a non-transient readable storage medium.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which includes a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the various processes of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 above, or to implement the various processes of the method embodiment of Figure 7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product, which is stored in a storage medium, and is executed by at least one processor to implement the various processes of the uplink transmission method embodiment of the above-mentioned terminal, or to implement the various processes of the uplink transmission configuration method embodiment of the above-mentioned network side device. To avoid repetition, they are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a terminal and a network side device, wherein the terminal can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission method on the terminal side, and the network side device can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method of the network side device.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product, which is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk), including a number of instructions for a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network side device, etc.) to execute the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • a storage medium such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk
  • a terminal which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network side device, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are an uplink transmission method and apparatus, an uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and a communication device. The uplink transmission method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal determining a target time-domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, wherein the target time-domain type comprises a subband full-duplex (SBFD) time-domain type or a non-SBFD time-domain type; and the terminal determining transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission on the basis of the target time-domain type.

Description

上行传输方法、上行传输配置方法、装置及通信设备Uplink transmission method, uplink transmission configuration method, device and communication equipment

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请主张在2023年12月7日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202311678571.6的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202311678571.6 filed in China on December 7, 2023, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种上行传输方法、上行传输配置方法、装置及通信设备。The present application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method, an apparatus and a communication device.

背景技术Background Art

目前,上行传输只在上行(uplink,UL)符号或灵活(flexible)符号上传输,当上行传输与半静态下行(downlink,DL)符号或同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)符号重叠时,用户设备(User Equipment,UE,又称终端)取消该上行传输。相关技术中,新空口(New Radio,NR)系统引入了全双工(Full duplex)传输技术,UE可以被配置子带全双工(subband full duplex,SBFD)时域资源,在SBFD配置下如何进行上行传输是需要解决的问题。At present, uplink transmission is only transmitted on uplink (UL) symbols or flexible symbols. When the uplink transmission overlaps with the semi-static downlink (DL) symbols or the synchronization signal block (SSB) symbols, the user equipment (UE, also known as the terminal) cancels the uplink transmission. In the related technology, the New Radio (NR) system introduces the full-duplex transmission technology. The UE can be configured with subband full-duplex (SBFD) time domain resources. How to perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration is a problem that needs to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例提供一种上行传输方法、上行传输配置方法、装置及通信设备,能够解决在SBFD配置下如何进行上行传输的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method, an apparatus, and a communication device, which can solve the problem of how to perform uplink transmission under SBFD configuration.

第一方面,提供了一种上行传输方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, an uplink transmission method is provided, the method comprising:

终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;The terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;

所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.

第二方面,提供了一种上行传输装置,应用于终端,该装置包括:In a second aspect, an uplink transmission device is provided, which is applied to a terminal, and the device includes:

第一处理模块,用于确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;A first processing module, configured to determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, wherein the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;

第二处理模块,用于根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The second processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.

第三方面,提供了一种上行传输配置方法,包括:In a third aspect, an uplink transmission configuration method is provided, including:

网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;The network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for the first uplink transmission;

其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。The target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.

第四方面,提供了一种上行传输配置装置,应用于网络侧设备,该装置包括:In a fourth aspect, an uplink transmission configuration device is provided, which is applied to a network side device, and the device includes:

第一发送模块,用于向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;A first sending module, used to send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission;

其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。The target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.

第五方面,提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect are implemented.

第六方面,提供了一种终端,所述终端包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于:确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。In the sixth aspect, a terminal is provided, comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used to: determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, the target time domain type comprising a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; and determine a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.

第七方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,所述网络侧设备包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。In the seventh aspect, a network side device is provided, which includes a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to: send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, and the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission; wherein the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type.

第八方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:终端和网络侧设备,所述终端可用于执行如第一方面所述的上行传输方法的步骤,所述网络侧设备可用于执行如第三方面所述的上行传输配置方法的步骤。In an eighth aspect, a communication system is provided, comprising: a terminal and a network side device, wherein the terminal can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission method as described in the first aspect, and the network side device can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method as described in the third aspect.

第九方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In the ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, on which a program or instruction is stored. When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method described in the third aspect are implemented.

第十方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In the tenth aspect, a chip is provided, comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instructions to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, or to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect.

第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In the eleventh aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, wherein the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, or to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect.

在本申请实施例中,终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括SBFD时域类型或non-SBFD时域类型;所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。这样,能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the target time domain type includes an SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type; the terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type. In this way, the terminal can more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, so that the terminal can more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1是本申请实施例可应用的网络结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a network structure applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图2是灵活双工方式的示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a flexible duplex mode;

图3是本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输方法的流程图;FIG3 is a flow chart of an uplink transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图4是本申请实施例提供的PUSCH所在时间单元的示意图之一;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a time unit where a PUSCH is provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例提供的PUSCH所在时间单元的示意图之二;FIG5 is a second schematic diagram of a time unit where a PUSCH is provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输装置的结构图;FIG6 is a structural diagram of an uplink transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输配置方法的流程图;FIG7 is a flowchart of an uplink transmission configuration method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输配置装置的结构图;FIG8 is a structural diagram of an uplink transmission configuration device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构图;FIG9 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图10是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构图;FIG10 is a structural diagram of a terminal provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图11是本申请实施例提供的一种网络侧设备的结构图。FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a network-side device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will be combined with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application to clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field belong to the scope of protection of this application.

本申请的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,本申请中的“或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一。例如“A或B”涵盖三种方案,即,方案一:包括A且不包括B;方案二:包括B且不包括A;方案三:既包括A又包括B。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way are interchangeable where appropriate, so that the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and the objects distinguished by "first" and "second" are generally of one type, and the number of objects is not limited, for example, the first object can be one or more. In addition, "or" in the present application represents at least one of the connected objects. For example, "A or B" covers three schemes, namely, Scheme 1: including A but not including B; Scheme 2: including B but not including A; Scheme 3: including both A and B. The character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated with each other are in an "or" relationship.

本申请的术语“指示”既可以是一个直接的指示(或者说显式的指示),也可以是一个间接的指示(或者说隐含的指示)。其中,直接的指示可以理解为,发送方在发送的指示中明确告知了接收方具体的信息、需要执行的操作或请求结果等内容;间接的指示可以理解为,接收方根据发送方发送的指示确定对应的信息,或者进行判断并根据判断结果确定需要执行的操作或请求结果等。The term "indication" in this application can be a direct indication (or explicit indication) or an indirect indication (or implicit indication). A direct indication can be understood as the sender explicitly informing the receiver of specific information, operations to be performed, or request results in the sent indication; an indirect indication can be understood as the receiver determining the corresponding information according to the indication sent by the sender, or making a judgment and determining the operation to be performed or the request result according to the judgment result.

值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)或其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统以外的系统,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。It is worth noting that the technology described in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to the Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system, but can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) or other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies as well as other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and NR terms are used in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to systems other than NR systems, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.

图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)、笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、飞行器(flight vehicle)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、船载设备、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(Personal Computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备。可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。其中,车载设备也可以称为车载终端、车载控制器、车载模块、车载部件、车载芯片或车载单元等。除了上述终端设备,也可以是终端内的芯片,例如调制解调器(Modem)芯片,系统级芯片(System on Chip,SoC)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备,其中,接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)设备、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点(Access Point,AP)或无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)节点等。其中,基站可被称为节点B(Node B,NB)、演进节点B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、下一代节点B(the next generation Node B,gNB)、新空口节点B(New Radio Node B,NR Node B)、接入点、中继站(Relay Base Station,RBS)、服务基站(Serving Base Station,SBS)、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点(home Node B,HNB)、家用演进型B节点(home evolved Node B)、发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP)或所属领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。FIG1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 . Among them, the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, an ultra-mobile personal computer (Ultra-mobile Personal Computer, UMPC), a mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR), a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) device, a robot, a wearable device (Wearable Device), a flight vehicle (flight vehicle), a vehicle user equipment (VUE), a shipborne equipment, a pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), a smart home (home appliances with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, televisions, washing machines or furniture, etc.), a game console, a personal computer (Personal Computer, PC), a teller machine or a self-service machine and other terminal side devices. Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. Among them, the vehicle-mounted device can also be called a vehicle-mounted terminal, a vehicle-mounted controller, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit, etc. In addition to the above-mentioned terminal devices, it can also be a chip in the terminal, such as a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC). It should be noted that the specific type of the terminal 11 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The network side device 12 may include an access network device, wherein the access network device may also be called a radio access network (RAN) device, a radio access network function or a radio access network unit. The access network device may include a base station, a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) or a wireless fidelity (WiFi) node, etc. Among them, the base station can be called Node B (Node B, NB), Evolved Node B (Evolved Node B, eNB), the next generation Node B (the next generation Node B, gNB), New Radio Node B (New Radio Node B, NR Node B), access point, Relay Base Station (Relay Base Station, RBS), Serving Base Station (Serving Base Station, SBS), Base Transceiver Station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, base Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home Node B (HNB), home evolved Node B (home evolved Node B), Transmission Reception Point (TRP) or other appropriate term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary. It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the base station is not limited.

在对本申请实施例进行说明之前,以下先对相关技术进行简单介绍:Before describing the embodiments of the present application, the following briefly introduces the related technologies:

一、NR中的物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)资源配置以及确定1. Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) Resource Configuration and Determination in NR

NR中PUCCH资源被配置在信元(Information element,IE)PUCCH配置(PUCCH-config)下,PUCCH-config中可以配置最多4个PUCCH资源集(resource set),每个PUCCH resource set可以包含一个或多个PUCCH资源(resource),每个PUCCH resource set可以承载不同的上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information,UCI)比特数,例如,对于第一个PUCCH resource set可以承载最多2比特UCI,最多可以包含32个PUCCH资源。第二个PUCCH resource set可以承载大于2且小于或等于N2比特UCI。类似的,第三个PUCCH resource set可以承载大于N2且小于或等于N3比特UCI,第四个PUCCH resource set可以承载大于N3且小于或等于1706比特UCI。其中,N2和N3均可由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)配置。PUCCH-config中还可以配置混合自动重传请求应答(Hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement,HARQ-ACK)反馈定时、PUCCH的传输功率参数和波束(beam)相关信息中的至少一项。In NR, PUCCH resources are configured in the information element (IE) PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-config). Up to 4 PUCCH resource sets (resource sets) can be configured in PUCCH-config. Each PUCCH resource set can contain one or more PUCCH resources (resource). Each PUCCH resource set can carry different uplink control information (Uplink Control Information, UCI) bits. For example, the first PUCCH resource set can carry up to 2 bits of UCI and can contain up to 32 PUCCH resources. The second PUCCH resource set can carry more than 2 and less than or equal to N2 bits of UCI. Similarly, the third PUCCH resource set can carry more than N2 and less than or equal to N3 bits of UCI, and the fourth PUCCH resource set can carry more than N3 and less than or equal to 1706 bits of UCI. Among them, N2 and N3 can be configured by Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC). PUCCH-config can also configure at least one of the hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) feedback timing, PUCCH transmission power parameters and beam-related information.

对于信道状态信息(Channel State Information,CSI)或调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR)传输,基站可以为每个CSI/SR配置其关联的PUCCH资源标识(resource ID)。For channel state information (CSI) or scheduling request (SR) transmission, the base station can configure the associated PUCCH resource identifier (resource ID) for each CSI/SR.

当UE支持不同优先级的HARQ-ACK码本(codebook)传输时,基站可分别配置不同优先级的HARQ-ACK codebook传输对应的PUCCH-config。具体地,基站配置PUCCH配置列表(PUCCH-configurationList),其中可以包含两个PUCCH-config,分别用于高优先级和低优先级的UCI传输。When the UE supports HARQ-ACK codebook transmission of different priorities, the base station can configure the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook transmission of different priorities. Specifically, the base station configures the PUCCH configuration list (PUCCH-configurationList), which can include two PUCCH-configs, one for high priority and one for low priority UCI transmission.

二、灵活双工(Flexibleduplex)SBFD2. Flexible duplex (SBFD)

在部署传统的蜂窝网络时,基于可用的频谱以及业务特性等,可采用频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)或时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)方式。当采用FDD时,上行传输和下行传输位于不同的频点上,两者互不干扰,可同时进行。当采用TDD时,上行传输和下行传输位于同一个频点上,采用时分的方式交错进行。两种双工方式各有优缺点。When deploying traditional cellular networks, frequency division duplex (FDD) or time division duplex (TDD) can be used based on the available spectrum and service characteristics. When FDD is used, uplink and downlink transmissions are located at different frequencies, and the two do not interfere with each other and can be carried out simultaneously. When TDD is used, uplink and downlink transmissions are located at the same frequency and are carried out in a staggered manner using time division. Both duplex methods have their own advantages and disadvantages.

为了更灵活地利用有限的频谱资源,以动态地匹配业务需求,提升资源利用效率,以及提高数据传输的上行覆盖、降低时延等性能,提出了灵活的双工方式,其中包括基于频域非交叠子带的全双工,简称子带全双工(non-overlapping sub-band full duplex,SBFD)。In order to make more flexible use of limited spectrum resources, dynamically match business needs, improve resource utilization efficiency, and improve uplink coverage and reduce latency of data transmission, a flexible duplex mode is proposed, including full-duplex based on non-overlapping sub-bands in the frequency domain, referred to as sub-band full-duplex (SBFD).

1)网络侧全双工1) Full-duplex on the network side

从网络侧的角度而言,在同一时刻,上行传输和下行传输可在不同的频域子带内同时进行。为避免上下行之间的干扰,可在对应不同传输方向的频域子带(例如上行子带和下行子带)之间留出一定的保护频带(Guard Band)。From the perspective of the network side, at the same time, uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be carried out simultaneously in different frequency domain sub-bands. To avoid interference between uplink and downlink, a certain guard band can be reserved between the frequency domain sub-bands corresponding to different transmission directions (such as uplink sub-band and downlink sub-band).

2)终端侧半双工或全双工2) Half-duplex or full-duplex on the terminal side

当终端侧支持半双工时,在同一时刻,只能作上行传输或下行传输,两者不可同时进行。可以理解的是,在这种情况下,网络侧在同一时刻的上行传输和下行传输只能针对不同的终端。When the terminal side supports half-duplex, only uplink transmission or downlink transmission can be performed at the same time, and both cannot be performed at the same time. It can be understood that in this case, the uplink transmission and downlink transmission at the same time on the network side can only be for different terminals.

当终端侧支持全双工时,与网络侧类似,在同一时刻,上行传输和下行传输可在不同的频域子带内同时进行。When the terminal side supports full-duplex, similar to the network side, at the same time, uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be performed simultaneously in different frequency domain sub-bands.

图2示出了上述灵活双工方式的示意图,网络侧在一部分下行符号内,将单个载波的频域半静态地划分为三个子带,其中载波两侧为下行子带,中间为上行子带,以减少对相邻载波造成的干扰。在第三个时隙内,UE1和UE2分别作上行发送和下行接收。图2中,D表示下行符号,S表示灵活符号,U表示上行符号。FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of the flexible duplex mode. In a portion of downlink symbols, the network side semi-statically divides the frequency domain of a single carrier into three sub-bands, where the two sides of the carrier are downlink sub-bands and the middle is an uplink sub-band, to reduce interference to adjacent carriers. In the third time slot, UE1 and UE2 perform uplink transmission and downlink reception, respectively. In FIG2, D represents a downlink symbol, S represents a flexible symbol, and U represents an uplink symbol.

三、SBFD的配置或指示3. SBFD Configuration or Instructions

在版本18(Rel-18)双工(Duplex)系统信息(System Information,SI)中,研究了基于网络侧全双工终端侧半双工的SBFD。其中,重点研究了半静态(Semi-static)SBFD,即在网络侧配置的上行子带内仅传输上行,以及在网络侧配置的下行子带内仅传输下行。同时,对于动态(Dynamic)SBFD也作了较多的研究,包括:对于配置了UL子带(subband)的Semi-static下行(downlink,DL)符号(symbol),允许在DL subband之外传输下行,例如,可理解的是,该符号的SBFD配置被不使能(disabled),回退到原来的DL符号;对于配置了UL subband的Semi-static灵活(flexible)symbol,允许在DL subband之外传输下行,以及允许在UL subband之外传输上行。In the Rel-18 Duplex System Information (SI), SBFD based on full-duplex on the network side and half-duplex on the terminal side is studied. Among them, the focus is on semi-static SBFD, that is, only uplink is transmitted in the uplink subband configured on the network side, and only downlink is transmitted in the downlink subband configured on the network side. At the same time, more research has been done on dynamic SBFD, including: for Semi-static downlink (DL) symbols configured with UL subband, downlink transmission is allowed outside the DL subband, for example, it is understandable that the SBFD configuration of the symbol is disabled and falls back to the original DL symbol; for Semi-static flexible symbols configured with UL subband, downlink transmission is allowed outside the DL subband, and uplink transmission is allowed outside the UL subband.

此外,对于实现Dynamic SBFD的信令方式,也作了一定的讨论,包括基于调度(Scheduling)下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)/非调度(Non-scheduling)DCI/媒体接入控制(Media AccessControl,MAC)控制单元(Control Element,CE)的信令指示方式。In addition, some discussion was made on the signaling methods for implementing Dynamic SBFD, including the signaling indication methods based on scheduling downlink control information (DCI)/non-scheduling DCI/media access control (MAC) control element (CE).

相关技术中,终端在确定PUCCH资源时,终端根据UCI的比特数在对应的PUCCH-config中确定相应的资源集,并根据PUCCH资源指示(PUCCH Resource Indicator,PRI)的指示,确定相应的资源集,并在确定的资源集中确定传输包括HARQ-ACK在内的UCI。对于SBFD操作,UE可能被配置了SBFD符号,在SBFD符号上,部分带宽(Bandwidth Part,BWP)可能被分为UL subband、guard band和DL subband,上行传输只能在UL subband内进行。In the related art, when determining the PUCCH resource, the terminal determines the corresponding resource set in the corresponding PUCCH-config according to the number of bits of the UCI, and determines the corresponding resource set according to the indication of the PUCCH resource indicator (PUCCH Resource Indicator, PRI), and determines the transmission of UCI including HARQ-ACK in the determined resource set. For SBFD operation, the UE may be configured with SBFD symbols, on which the bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) may be divided into UL subband, guard band and DL subband, and uplink transmission can only be performed within the UL subband.

鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种上行传输方法、上行传输配置方法及装置,以解决在SBFD配置下如何进行上行传输的问题。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide an uplink transmission method, an uplink transmission configuration method and an apparatus to solve the problem of how to perform uplink transmission under SBFD configuration.

为了便于下文中方案的描述,先对相关概念进行说明:In order to facilitate the description of the following solution, the relevant concepts are explained first:

基于网络侧向UE提供的TDD pattern配置信息(例如,为UE的某个服务小区(Serving cell)提供的tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated),可以区分如下符号类型(Symbol type):下行符号(DL symbol)、上行符号(UL symbol)、灵活符号(Flexible symbol)。Based on the TDD pattern configuration information provided by the network side to the UE (for example, tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated provided for a serving cell of the UE), the following symbol types (Symbol type) can be distinguished: downlink symbol (DL symbol), uplink symbol (UL symbol), and flexible symbol (Flexible symbol).

当针对某个Serving cell未提供tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated时,可以认为各个Symbol的类型都为Flexible symbol,或者,遵循Flexible symbol对应的规则。When tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated is not provided for a Serving cell, it can be considered that the type of each Symbol is Flexible symbol, or, the rules corresponding to the Flexible symbol are followed.

基于上述TDD图案(pattern)配置信息,以及网络侧向UE提供的SBFD配置信息,可以进一步区分如下Symbol type:SBFD symbol和非SBFD(non-SBFD)symbol。Based on the above-mentioned TDD pattern configuration information and the SBFD configuration information provided by the network side to the UE, the following Symbol types can be further distinguished: SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol.

网络侧可通过SBFD配置信息将某些Symbol配置为可以执行SBFD操作(operation),也就是说,将这些Symbol配置为SBFD symbol;某个没有被配置(或指示)执行SBFD operation的Symbol都可以认为是non-SBFD symbol。例如,将基于TDD pattern确定的单个周期内的部分或所有Symbol配置为SBFD symbol。这些配置为SBFD symbol的Symbol可以为基于TDD pattern配置信息区分的Symbol type中的部分或所有类型。The network side can configure certain symbols to perform SBFD operations through SBFD configuration information, that is, configure these symbols as SBFD symbols; any symbol that is not configured (or instructed) to perform SBFD operations can be considered a non-SBFD symbol. For example, some or all symbols in a single cycle determined based on the TDD pattern are configured as SBFD symbols. These symbols configured as SBFD symbols can be some or all of the types of Symbol types distinguished based on the TDD pattern configuration information.

针对为UE配置或激活的某个Serving cell,该Serving cell上的symbol可以进一步区分如下三种Symbol type:For a Serving cell configured or activated for a UE, the symbol on the Serving cell can be further divided into the following three Symbol types:

1)用于双工模式1的SBFD symbol(SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1)1)SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1

对于Duplex mode 1,网络侧支持基于全双工的SBFD operation,UE侧仅支持基于半双工的SBFD operation,即在单个SBFD symbol内UE只能执行上行发送或下行接收,而无法同时执行基于频分复用(frequency division multiplex,FDM)的上行发送和下行接收。For Duplex mode 1, the network side supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex, and the UE side only supports SBFD operation based on half-duplex. That is, within a single SBFD symbol, the UE can only perform uplink transmission or downlink reception, but cannot simultaneously perform uplink transmission and downlink reception based on frequency division multiplexing (FDM).

2)用于双工模式2的SBFD symbol(SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2)2) SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2

对于Duplex mode 2,网络侧支持基于全双工的SBFD operation,UE侧可支持基于全双工的SBFD operation,即在单个SBFD symbol内UE可同时执行基于FDM的上行发送和下行接收。For Duplex mode 2, the network side supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex, and the UE side can support SBFD operation based on full-duplex, that is, the UE can simultaneously perform FDM-based uplink transmission and downlink reception within a single SBFD symbol.

可以理解的是,支持基于全双工的SBFD operation(即支持Duplex mode 2或者SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2)的UE必然也支持基于半双工的SBFD operation(即支持Duplex mode 1或者SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1)。It is understandable that a UE that supports SBFD operation based on full-duplex (i.e., supports Duplex mode 2 or SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2) must also support SBFD operation based on half-duplex (i.e., supports Duplex mode 1 or SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1).

3)非SBFD(non-SBFD)symbol3) Non-SBFD symbol

某个没有被配置(或指示)执行SBFD operation的Symbol都可以认为是non-SBFD symbol。Any symbol that is not configured (or instructed) to perform an SBFD operation can be considered a non-SBFD symbol.

在Rel-18 Duplex SI的相关讨论中,提出基于SBFD配置信息区分Symbol type(例如,SBFD symbol和non-SBFD symbol共两种Symbol type,或者,SBFD symbol for duplex mode1、SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2和non-SBFD symbol共三种Symbol type),可以针对不同的Symbol type分别(直接)配置或(基于频域偏移(Offset)、各自起始参考点等隐式)推导对应的上行传输参数,以考虑/补偿不同Symbol type对应的频域资源、天线与射频配置、干扰情况和限制等。In the relevant discussion of Rel-18 Duplex SI, it is proposed to distinguish Symbol types based on SBFD configuration information (for example, two Symbol types, SBFD symbol and non-SBFD symbol, or three Symbol types, SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1, SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2 and non-SBFD symbol). The corresponding uplink transmission parameters can be configured (directly) or derived (implicitly based on frequency domain offset, respective starting reference points, etc.) for different Symbol types to take into account/compensate for frequency domain resources, antenna and RF configuration, interference conditions and limitations corresponding to different Symbol types.

本申请实施例中,主要考虑SBFD type和non-SBFD type,SBFD type可以包含SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1和SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2中的至少一种。In the embodiments of the present application, SBFD type and non-SBFD type are mainly considered. The SBFD type may include at least one of SBFD symbol for duplex mode 1 and SBFD symbol for duplex mode 2.

下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的上行传输方法、上行传输装置、上行传输配置方法、上行传输配置装置进行详细的说明。In the following, in combination with the accompanying drawings, the uplink transmission method, uplink transmission device, uplink transmission configuration method, and uplink transmission configuration device provided in the embodiments of the present application are described in detail through some embodiments and their application scenarios.

图3示出本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输方法的流程图。如图3所示,上行传输方法包括如下步骤:FIG3 is a flow chart of an uplink transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3 , the uplink transmission method includes the following steps:

步骤301:终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括SBFD时域类型或non-SBFD时域类型;Step 301: The terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type;

步骤302:所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。Step 302: The terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.

本申请实施例定义两种时域类型,其一为SBFD时域类型(可简称SBFD类型),其二为non-SBFD时域类型(可简称non-SBFD类型)。例如,SBFD符号、SBFD时隙或SBFD子时隙等均属于SBFD时域类型,上行符号、上行时隙、上行子时隙、下行符号、下行时隙、下行子时隙、灵活符号、灵活时隙或灵活子时隙等均属于non-SBFD时域类型。The embodiment of the present application defines two time domain types, one is the SBFD time domain type (which may be referred to as the SBFD type), and the other is the non-SBFD time domain type (which may be referred to as the non-SBFD type). For example, SBFD symbols, SBFD time slots, or SBFD sub-time slots all belong to the SBFD time domain type, and uplink symbols, uplink time slots, uplink sub-time slots, downlink symbols, downlink time slots, downlink sub-time slots, flexible symbols, flexible time slots, or flexible sub-time slots all belong to the non-SBFD time domain type.

第一上行传输例如包括PUCCH、探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)或PUSCH等上行传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The first uplink transmission includes, for example, uplink transmissions such as PUCCH, Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) or PUSCH, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,可以理解为,终端确定第一上行传输为SBFD上行传输还是non-SBFD上行传输,其中,SBFD上行传输表示SBFD时域类型的上行传输,non-SBFD上行传输表示non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输。The terminal determines the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, which can be understood as the terminal determining whether the first uplink transmission is an SBFD uplink transmission or a non-SBFD uplink transmission, wherein the SBFD uplink transmission represents an uplink transmission of the SBFD time domain type, and the non-SBFD uplink transmission represents an uplink transmission of the non-SBFD time domain type.

终端根据目标时域类型,确定第一上行传输的传输参数,能够使第一上行传输的传输参数更加合理,有利于确保终端的通信性能。以目标时域类型为SBFD时域类型为例,由于终端可以在同一时域单元同时执行上行发送和下行接收,上行发送可能对下行接收产生干扰,因此,当第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型为SBFD时域类型时,终端可以采用较低的传输功率来进行第一上行传输,以降低第一上行传输给下行接收带来的干扰,从而确保终端的通信性能。而当第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型为non-SBFD时域类型时,终端可以采用较高的传输功率来进行第一上行传输,以提高第一上行传输的可靠性,从而确保终端的通信性能。The terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type, which can make the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission more reasonable and help ensure the communication performance of the terminal. Taking the target time domain type as the SBFD time domain type as an example, since the terminal can perform uplink transmission and downlink reception at the same time in the same time domain unit, the uplink transmission may interfere with the downlink reception. Therefore, when the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, the terminal can use a lower transmission power for the first uplink transmission to reduce the interference caused by the first uplink transmission to the downlink reception, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal. When the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission is the non-SBFD time domain type, the terminal can use a higher transmission power for the first uplink transmission to improve the reliability of the first uplink transmission, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

示例性地,基站可以分别配置用于在SBFD时域资源传输的PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config等,以及用于在non-SBFD时域资源传输的PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config等。SBFD的配置可能是时隙/子时隙或者符号级别的。在SBFD配置下,UE需要确定上行传输对应的时域类型,并需要确定上行传输对应的传输资源和传输参数,以确保上行传输的有效性。Exemplarily, the base station may configure PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config, etc. for transmission in SBFD time domain resources, and PUCCH-config/PUSCH-config/SRS-config, etc. for transmission in non-SBFD time domain resources. The SBFD configuration may be at the time slot/sub-time slot or symbol level. Under the SBFD configuration, the UE needs to determine the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission, and needs to determine the transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the uplink transmission.

在本申请实施例中,终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括SBFD时域类型或non-SBFD时域类型;所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。这样,能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the target time domain type includes an SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type; the terminal determines the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type. In this way, the terminal can more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, so that the terminal can more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,所述终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following:

所述终端根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to configuration information or scheduling information;

所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to a time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

也就是说,可以根据配置信息或调度信息来确定上行传输的时域类型,也可以根据具体的时域单元来确定上行传输的时域类型。That is to say, the time domain type of uplink transmission may be determined according to configuration information or scheduling information, or may be determined according to a specific time domain unit.

本申请实施例中,时域单元可以理解为具体的时域位置,例如时隙(slot)i可以视为一个时域单元,slot i中的第j个符号也可以视为一个时域单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the time domain unit can be understood as a specific time domain position. For example, time slot (slot) i can be regarded as a time domain unit, and the j-th symbol in slot i can also be regarded as a time domain unit.

不同的时域单元所对应的时域粒度可能相同,也可能不同。例如,第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,以及,第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,两者的时域单元的粒度可能相同,也可能不同。The time domain granularities corresponding to different time domain units may be the same or different. For example, the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located and the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission may have the same or different time domain unit granularities.

第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元可以包括一种或多种时域单元,例如,第一上行传输的实际传输对应的时域单元,或者,第一上行传输的名义传输对应的时域单元,均可以理解为第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,并且两者的时域单元的粒度可能相同,也可能不同。The target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission may include one or more time domain units. For example, the time domain unit corresponding to the actual transmission of the first uplink transmission, or the time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission, may be understood as the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission, and the granularity of the time domain units of the two may be the same or different.

示例性地,目标时域单元的时域粒度可以包括符号、时隙或子时隙等。Exemplarily, the time domain granularity of the target time domain unit may include a symbol, a time slot, a sub-time slot, etc.

示例性地,第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元可以包括符号、时隙或子时隙等。Exemplarily, the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located may include a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot, etc.

在一些实施例中,所述终端根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information, including at least one of the following:

所述终端根据第一配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;

所述终端根据第二配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;The terminal determines, according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, the target time domain type, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;

所述终端根据第三配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;

所述终端根据第四配置信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型;The terminal determines, according to fourth configuration information, the target time domain type, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission;

所述终端根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一调度信息用于动态调度所述第一上行传输;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission;

所述终端根据第二调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二调度信息用于激活所述第一上行传输。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.

示例性地,第一上行传输为PUCCH,第一配置信息为PUCCH-config;第一上行传输为PUSCH,第一配置信息为PUSCH-config配置列表;第一上行传输为配置授权PUSCH(Configured Grant PUSCH,CG-PUSCH)或SRS,第一配置信息为CG-PUSCH或SRS配置列表。Exemplarily, the first uplink transmission is PUCCH, and the first configuration information is PUCCH-config; the first uplink transmission is PUSCH, and the first configuration information is PUSCH-config configuration list; the first uplink transmission is configured grant PUSCH (Configured Grant PUSCH, CG-PUSCH) or SRS, and the first configuration information is CG-PUSCH or SRS configuration list.

示例性地,第二配置信息为用于为各个PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH配置资源(per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured)的配置信息。Exemplarily, the second configuration information is configuration information used to configure resources for each PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH (per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured).

示例性地,第一上行传输为PUCCH,第三配置信息为PUCCH resource set/List;第一上行传输为SRS或CG-PUSCH,第三配置信息为配置列表。Exemplarily, the first uplink transmission is PUCCH, and the third configuration information is PUCCH resource set/List; the first uplink transmission is SRS or CG-PUSCH, and the third configuration information is a configuration list.

第四配置信息可以理解为用来配置时域类型的配置信息,其可以是已有的配置信息,也可以是一个新的配置信息。The fourth configuration information may be understood as configuration information used to configure the time domain type, which may be existing configuration information or new configuration information.

第一调度信息可以理解为动态调度信息,示例性地,对于动态调度的上行传输,如承载HARQ-ACK的PUCCH、动态授权PUCSH(Dynamic Grant PUCSH,DG-PUCSH)或type 2CG-PUSCH,第一调度信息包括调度DCI或激活DCI。The first scheduling information can be understood as dynamic scheduling information. For example, for dynamically scheduled uplink transmission, such as PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, dynamic grant PUCSH (Dynamic Grant PUCSH, DG-PUCSH) or type 2CG-PUSCH, the first scheduling information includes scheduling DCI or activation DCI.

第二调度信息可以理解为半持续调度信息、半静态配置信息或高层信令,示例性地,对于半静态配置的上行传输,如SPS HARQ-ACK/CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH(特别地,type1CG-PUSCH),通过高层信令配置该上行传输对应的传输时域类型(如per CSI report/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH配置)。The second scheduling information can be understood as semi-persistent scheduling information, semi-static configuration information or high-level signaling. For example, for semi-statically configured uplink transmission, such as SPS HARQ-ACK/CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH (especially type1CG-PUSCH), the transmission time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission is configured through high-level signaling (such as per CSI report/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH configuration).

在一些实施例中,所述终端根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the first scheduling information, including at least one of the following:

所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域类型信息,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information;

所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域单元所对应的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information;

所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的码本所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining, by the terminal, the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the codebook indicated by the first scheduling information;

所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的传输配置所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.

在一些实施例中,所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的下行时域符号;a downlink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的上行时域符号;An uplink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元;A downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元对应的上行时域单元。The uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

示例性地,对于HARQ-ACK PUCCH的上行传输,可以按照HARQ-ACK对应的最后一个DL传输(如其对应的PDSCH或PDCCH)的结束位置所在symbol对应的时域类型,其中,最后一个DL传输的结束位置所在symbol对应的时域类型可以是DL传输结束位置对应的DL symbol的时域类型,或者DL传输的结束位置对应的UL symbol的时域类型。如果DL传输和UL传输对应不同的服务小区或者不同的子载波间隔,所述DL传输的结束位置对应的UL symbol的时域类型不同时,即根据DL传输的结束位置映射到UL传输对应的服务小区上或子载波间隔其对应的UL symbol。例如,第一上行传输对应服务小区A,对应的下行传输对应服务小区B,所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元包括:服务小区B上的下行传输的结束符号对应的在服务小区A上的上行时域单元。Exemplarily, for the uplink transmission of HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the time domain type corresponding to the symbol at the end position of the last DL transmission corresponding to HARQ-ACK (such as its corresponding PDSCH or PDCCH) can be used, wherein the time domain type corresponding to the symbol at the end position of the last DL transmission can be the time domain type of the DL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission, or the time domain type of the UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission. If the DL transmission and the UL transmission correspond to different service cells or different subcarrier intervals, and the time domain type of the UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the DL transmission is different, that is, according to the end position of the DL transmission, it is mapped to the service cell corresponding to the UL transmission or the UL symbol corresponding to the subcarrier interval. For example, the first uplink transmission corresponds to service cell A, and the corresponding downlink transmission corresponds to service cell B, and the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes: the uplink time domain unit on service cell A corresponding to the end symbol of the downlink transmission on service cell B.

在一些实施例中,所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following:

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述目标时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of the symbol located at a predefined position in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.

示例性地,如果目标时域单元被半静态配置为(或被动态信令配置为)SBFD时域单元,或者目标时域单元只包含SBFD符号,则目标时域单元为SBFD类型。Exemplarily, if the target time domain unit is semi-statically configured as (or configured by dynamic signaling as) an SBFD time domain unit, or the target time domain unit only includes SBFD symbols, the target time domain unit is of SBFD type.

也就是说,所述目标时域单元被配置为SBFD时域单元,可以理解为,所述目标时域单元被高层信令和或动态信令配置为SBFD时域单元,优选地,所述目标时域单元被高层信令配置为SBFD时域单元。That is, the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit, which can be understood as the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit by high-level signaling and/or dynamic signaling. Preferably, the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit by high-level signaling.

示例性地,如果目标时域单元没有被半静态配置为(或被动态信令配置为)non-SBFD时域单元,或者目标时域单元只包含non-SBFD符号,则目标时域单元为non-SBFD类型。Exemplarily, if the target time domain unit is not semi-statically configured as (or configured by dynamic signaling as) a non-SBFD time domain unit, or the target time domain unit only contains non-SBFD symbols, the target time domain unit is of non-SBFD type.

示例性地,如果目标时域单元同时包含SBFD symbol和non-SBFD symbol,则根据以下方式确定目标时域单元的时域类型:Exemplarily, if the target time domain unit contains both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the target time domain unit is determined according to the following method:

该时域单元内SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的数目,并根据符号数量较多的时域类型确定;The number of SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols in the time domain unit is determined according to the time domain type with a larger number of symbols;

根据该时域单元内的预定义位置,如第一个符号或最后一个符号对应的时域类型确定;Determined according to a predefined position in the time domain unit, such as a time domain type corresponding to a first symbol or a last symbol;

预定义/默认为SBFD或non-SBFD类型;Predefined/default as SBFD or non-SBFD type;

根据该时域单元内的上行传输所在符号的时域类型确定。It is determined according to the time domain type of the symbol where the uplink transmission in the time domain unit is located.

在一些实施例中,所述目标时域单元包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

第一时域单元,所述第一时域单元为所述第一上行传输的实际传输对应的时域单元;A first time domain unit, where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;

第二时域单元,所述第二时域单元为所述第一上行传输的名义传输对应的时域单元;a second time domain unit, where the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission;

其中,所述第一时域单元和所述第二时域单元的时域粒度相同或不同。The time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.

在一些实施例中,所述第一时域单元包括符号、时隙或子时隙。In some embodiments, the first time domain unit comprises a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot.

在一些实施例中,所述第二时域单元包括时隙或子时隙。In some embodiments, the second time domain unit comprises a time slot or a sub-time slot.

在一些实施例中,所述第二时域单元包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

所述终端根据被配置的所述第一上行传输的周期和偏移所确定的时域单元;The time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission;

所述终端被指示的用来传输混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK的时域单元。The terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.

示例性地,第二时域单元包括如下两种情况:Exemplarily, the second time domain unit includes the following two cases:

对于HARQ-ACK PUCCH,为UE被指示的用来传输HARQ-ACK所在的时域单元,例如根据PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈的定时指示所确定的,用来反馈HARQ-ACK的时域单元(如时隙或者子时隙);For HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the time domain unit where the UE is instructed to transmit the HARQ-ACK, for example, the time domain unit (such as a time slot or sub-time slot) used to feedback the HARQ-ACK determined according to the timing indication from PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback;

对于SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH,为UE根据SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH的周期和周期内的偏移(以及起始符号位置和子时隙配置)确定的时域单元。例如:根据SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH的周期和周期内的偏移确定的传输时隙,或者,根据SR/CSI/SRS的周期和周期内的偏移确定的传输时隙、子时隙配置,或者,根据传输SR/CSI的PUCCH的起始符号确定的子时隙。For SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH, it is the time domain unit determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH and the offset within the period (as well as the starting symbol position and sub-slot configuration). For example: the transmission time slot determined according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS/CG-PUSCH and the offset within the period, or the transmission time slot and sub-slot configuration determined according to the period of SR/CSI/SRS and the offset within the period, or the sub-slot determined according to the starting symbol of the PUCCH transmitting SR/CSI.

在一些实施例中,所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain unit in which the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located, including at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of a time domain unit in which a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of a symbol located at a predefined position in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.

在一些实施例中,所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数,包括:In some embodiments, the terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission, including:

所述终端接收来自网络侧设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项,所述第一传输配置项与所述SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与所述non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;The terminal receives a first message from a network-side device, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, where a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and where a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type;

所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,从所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项中确定目标传输配置项;Determining, by the terminal, a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type;

所述终端将所述目标传输配置项所关联的传输参数,确定为所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The terminal determines the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.

第一传输配置项可以包含一个或多个传输配置,第一传输配置项也可以包含一个或多个传输配置。当包含多个传输配置时,这多个传输配置可以分别用于不同优先级的上行传输。The first transmission configuration item may include one or more transmission configurations, and the first transmission configuration item may also include one or more transmission configurations. When multiple transmission configurations are included, the multiple transmission configurations may be used for uplink transmissions of different priorities respectively.

示例性地,对于PUCCH传输,第一传输配置项为PUCCH配置列表(configList)1,第二传输配置项为PUCCH-configList2。具体地,基站配置了PUCCH-configList1用于SBFD符号传输,以及PUCCH-configList2用于non-SBFD符号传输。其中,每个PUCCH-configList可以包含一个或多个PUCCH-config,例如分别用于高低优先级的UCI传输。每个PUCCH-config中包含PUCCH资源、PUCCH传输功率控制参数或空间信息参数(如波束参数)等。Exemplarily, for PUCCH transmission, the first transmission configuration item is PUCCH configuration list (configList) 1, and the second transmission configuration item is PUCCH-configList2. Specifically, the base station configures PUCCH-configList1 for SBFD symbol transmission, and PUCCH-configList2 for non-SBFD symbol transmission. Among them, each PUCCH-configList may contain one or more PUCCH-configs, for example, for high and low priority UCI transmissions respectively. Each PUCCH-config includes PUCCH resources, PUCCH transmission power control parameters or spatial information parameters (such as beam parameters), etc.

该实施方式中,通过为不同时域类型分别配置不同的传输配置项,能够使终端直接根据确定的时域类型来选择对应的传输配置项,从而能够高效地确定合适的传输参数,有利于确保终端的通信性能。In this implementation, by configuring different transmission configuration items for different time domain types, the terminal can directly select the corresponding transmission configuration item according to the determined time domain type, thereby efficiently determining appropriate transmission parameters, which is beneficial to ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配(Time domain resource allocation,TDRA)、偏移值(beta_offset)、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。In some embodiments, the transmission parameters include transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation (TDRA), offset value (beta_offset), transmission code rate, power control parameters and at least one of beam parameters.

其中,TDRA和偏移值为PUSCH的传输参数,TDRA用于PUSCH的时域资源分配,TDRA中包含PDCCH到PUSCH起始时隙的时隙偏移K2,PUSCH在时隙内传输的起始符号以及符号数等参数,偏移值是用于控制UCI在PUSCH上传输时占用RE数目的参数。Among them, TDRA and offset value are transmission parameters of PUSCH. TDRA is used for time domain resource allocation of PUSCH. TDRA includes the time slot offset K2 from PDCCH to the starting time slot of PUSCH, the starting symbol and number of symbols transmitted by PUSCH in the time slot, and other parameters. The offset value is a parameter used to control the number of REs occupied when UCI is transmitted on PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:

所述终端确定所述第一上行传输是否有效,包括如下至少一项:The terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输的时域单元包括SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一上行传输无效;In a case where the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid;

在所述第一上行传输的频域资源超出SBFD上行子带的范围的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一上行传输无效。In a case where the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid.

可以理解地,当所述第一上行传输的时域单元与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号两种符号类型都重叠时,所述终端不能进行所述第一上行传输。It can be understood that when the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission overlaps with both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the terminal cannot perform the first uplink transmission.

示例性地,UE可以根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息,确定某个上行传输是否有效(或者说是否可以传输),例如,如果是被配置/指示在SBFD时域传输的上行传输,其传输资源与non-SBFD符号重叠,或者,其频域资源超出UL可用的频域资源范围(例如,对于PUSCH传输,PUSCH被分配的频域资源超出了SBFD配置的UL subband资源范围),则UE确定上行传输无效。Exemplarily, the UE can determine whether a certain uplink transmission is valid (or whether it can be transmitted) based on the SBFD configuration information from the network-side device. For example, if the uplink transmission is configured/instructed to be transmitted in the SBFD time domain, its transmission resources overlap with non-SBFD symbols, or its frequency domain resources exceed the frequency domain resource range available for the UL (for example, for PUSCH transmission, the frequency domain resources allocated to PUSCH exceed the UL subband resource range configured by SBFD), then the UE determines that the uplink transmission is invalid.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,根据SBFD配置信息确定某个上行传输是否有效的方式均可以采用上述示例的方式。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the method of determining whether a certain uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information can adopt the method of the above example.

需要说明的是,SBFD配置信息可以通过UE接收来自网络侧设备的第二消息来获得,例如,网络侧设备向终端发送第二消息来为终端配置至少一个时域单元,如果时域单元中包括至少一个SBFD时域单元,则第二消息可以理解为SBFD配置信息。It should be noted that the SBFD configuration information can be obtained by the UE receiving a second message from the network side device. For example, the network side device sends a second message to the terminal to configure at least one time domain unit for the terminal. If the time domain unit includes at least one SBFD time domain unit, the second message can be understood as SBFD configuration information.

在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:

所述终端在确定所述第一上行传输无效的情况下,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:When determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, the terminal performs a first operation, where the first operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输。The first uplink transmission is canceled.

推迟第一上行传输。可以理解为,终端为第一上行传输选择满足有效条件的资源位置,以确保第一上行传输的有效性。Postponing the first uplink transmission. It can be understood that the terminal selects a resource location that meets the validity condition for the first uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the first uplink transmission.

示例性地,终端在为第一上行传输选择时域单元时,不选择包括两种符号(即SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号)的时域单元。Exemplarily, when selecting a time domain unit for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select a time domain unit including two symbols (ie, a SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol).

示例性地,终端在为第一上行传输选择频域资源时,不选择超出SBFD上行子带的范围的频域资源。Exemplarily, when selecting frequency domain resources for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select frequency domain resources beyond the range of the SBFD uplink subband.

UE在执行上行传输的过程中,通过确定上行传输是否有效,并传输有效的上行传输,能够确保上行传输的有效性,从而有利于确保终端的通信性能。During the uplink transmission, the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by determining whether the uplink transmission is valid and transmitting the valid uplink transmission, thereby facilitating ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:

在所述第一上行传输的第三时域单元的时域类型与所述目标时域类型不匹配的情况下,所述终端执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, the terminal performs a second operation, where the second operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

按照所述第三时域单元的时域类型所对应的传输参数,传输所述第一上行传输;Transmitting the first uplink transmission according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the time domain type of the third time domain unit;

其中,所述第三时域单元为所述第一上行传输实际传输对应的时域单元。The third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.

推迟第一上行传输可以理解为,终端为第一上行传输选择满足有效条件的资源位置,以确保第一上行传输的有效性。Postponing the first uplink transmission may be understood as the terminal selecting a resource location that meets a validity condition for the first uplink transmission to ensure the validity of the first uplink transmission.

示例性地,终端在为第一上行传输选择时域单元时,不选择(可以理解为跳过)时域类型与目标时域类型不匹配的时域单元。Exemplarily, when selecting a time domain unit for the first uplink transmission, the terminal does not select (can be understood as skipping) a time domain unit whose time domain type does not match the target time domain type.

UE在执行上行传输的过程中,通过比较实际传输的时域单元的时域类型与目标时域类型是否匹配,并通过执行上述第二操作来处理不匹配的情况,能够确保上行传输的有效性,从而有利于确保终端的通信性能。During uplink transmission, the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by comparing whether the time domain type of the time domain unit actually transmitted matches the target time domain type, and handles the mismatch by performing the second operation, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further comprises:

在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal performs a third operation, where the third operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.

需要说明的是,第三操作还可以包括取消所述第二上行传输。It should be noted that the third operation may also include canceling the second uplink transmission.

第一上行传输和第二上行传输例如可以是PUCCH和PUCCH,也可以是PUCCH和PUSCH,还可以是PUSCH和PUSCH。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission may be, for example, PUCCH and PUCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH, or PUSCH and PUSCH.

上述第三操作可以理解为重叠处理或UE内部(intra-UE)重叠处理,重叠处理的方式例如包括复用(multiplexing)(即将不同信道承载的内容复用在一个信道上传输)、取消(cancellation)(即取消部分信道传输,取消可以理解不传输,丢弃)或优先级处理(prioritization)(即根据优先级取消部分信道传输,取消可以理解不传输,丢弃)等。The above-mentioned third operation can be understood as overlapping processing or intra-UE overlapping processing. The overlapping processing methods include, for example, multiplexing (i.e., multiplexing the content carried by different channels on one channel for transmission), cancellation (i.e., canceling the transmission of some channels, cancellation can be understood as not transmitting or discarding) or priority processing (prioritization) (i.e., canceling the transmission of some channels according to priority, cancellation can be understood as not transmitting or discarding), etc.

在一些实施例中,所述在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端执行第三操作,包括:In some embodiments, when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal performs a third operation, including:

在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输是否有效;In a case where a channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with a channel of the second uplink transmission, the terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device;

所述终端在确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输有效的情况下,执行所述第三操作。When determining that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the terminal performs the third operation.

该实施方式中,当第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠时,终端可先执行有效性检查,如果无效,UE可以不执行上行传输间的重叠处理,或者说,无效的上行传输信道不参与重叠处理;如果有效,UE再执行上行传输间的重叠处理,或者说,上述信道参与重叠处理。该方式可以避免一些不必要的丢弃。In this implementation, when the channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with the channel of the second uplink transmission, the terminal may first perform a validity check. If it is invalid, the UE may not perform the overlapping processing between the uplink transmissions, or in other words, the invalid uplink transmission channel does not participate in the overlapping processing; if it is valid, the UE performs the overlapping processing between the uplink transmissions, or in other words, the above channels participate in the overlapping processing. This method can avoid some unnecessary discarding.

在一些实施例中,所述第三操作包括将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输;In some embodiments, the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission for transmission;

在所述终端将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输之后,所述方法还包括:After the terminal multiplexes the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission, the method further includes:

所述终端根据所述SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输复用后的信道是否有效。The terminal determines, according to the SBFD configuration information, whether a channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid.

该实施方式中,当第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠时,终端可先进行上行传输间的重叠处理,在重叠处理之后,再执行有效性检查。这种方式可以简化UE的处理,避免UE进行多次有效性检查。In this implementation, when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal may first perform overlap processing between uplink transmissions, and then perform validity check after the overlap processing. This approach can simplify UE processing and avoid the UE performing multiple validity checks.

在一些实施例中,所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输中一者的时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型,另一者的时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In some embodiments, the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;

所述方法还包括:The method further comprises:

所述终端确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。The terminal determines a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission.

在一些实施例中,所述终端确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission, including at least one of the following:

所述终端将时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines, as the transmission parameter of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

所述终端将时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines, as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

所述终端将优先级更高的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

在重叠信道包括第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH为有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In a case where the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the terminal determines a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to a transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, and the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH with a corresponding DCI;

在重叠信道包括CSIPUCCH和第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述CSIPUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH为没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In the case where the overlapping channel includes a CSIPUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSIPUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without corresponding DCI;

在重叠信道包括UCI和PUSCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述PUSCH对应的参数,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。In the case where the overlapping channels include UCI and PUSCH, the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.

示例性地,有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK可以理解为DG-PDSCH或PDCCH对应的HARQ-ACK;Exemplarily, the HARQ-ACK with corresponding DCI may be understood as the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the DG-PDSCH or PDCCH;

示例性地,没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK可以理解为SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK。For example, HARQ-ACK without corresponding DCI can be understood as HARQ-ACK corresponding to SPS PDSCH.

示例性地,当SBFD PUCCH和non-SBFD PUCCH重叠时,UE可以按照预定义规则确定复用的PUCCH对应的PUCCH-config,例如:For example, when the SBFD PUCCH and the non-SBFD PUCCH overlap, the UE may determine the PUCCH-config corresponding to the multiplexed PUCCH according to a predefined rule, for example:

复用后的PUCCH从SBFD对应的PUCCH-config中确定;或者,The multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the SBFD; or,

复用后的PUCCH按照SBFD对应的传输参数传输;或者,The multiplexed PUCCH is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to SBFD; or,

复用后的PUCCH从non-SBFD对应的PUCCH-config中确定;The multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD;

复用后的PUCCH按照non-SBFD对应的传输参数传输。The multiplexed PUCCH is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to non-SBFD.

也可以按照相关技术中的复用规则,根据复用后的PUCCH所对应的PUCCH-config传输参数传输,例如:It may also be transmitted according to the multiplexing rules in the related art and according to the PUCCH-config transmission parameters corresponding to the multiplexed PUCCH, for example:

如果重叠的信道中包含有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK,则复用后的PUCCH资源从HARQ-ACK对应的PUCCH-config中确定;If the overlapping channel contains HARQ-ACK corresponding to DCI, the multiplexed PUCCH resource is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK;

如果重叠的信道为CSIPUCCH和SPS HARQ-ACK,UE将HARQ-ACK复用在CSI资源上,并采用CSIPUCCH对应的PUCCH-config传输该PUCCH;If the overlapping channels are CSIPUCCH and SPS HARQ-ACK, the UE multiplexes the HARQ-ACK on the CSI resources and uses the PUCCH-config corresponding to the CSIPUCCH to transmit the PUCCH;

如果重叠的信道中包含有对应不同优选级的HARQ-ACK,则复用后的PUCCH资源从高优先级HARQ-ACK(HP HARQ-ACK)对应的PUCCH-config中确定;If the overlapping channels contain HARQ-ACKs corresponding to different priority levels, the multiplexed PUCCH resources are determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the high priority HARQ-ACK (HP HARQ-ACK);

如果UCI复用到PUSCH传输,则按照PUSCH对应的参数传输PUSCH和UCI;例如,在non-SBFD PUSCH传输,则按照non-SBFD对应的PUSCH-config对应的参数传输PUSCH。If UCI is multiplexed into PUSCH transmission, PUSCH and UCI are transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH; for example, in non-SBFD PUSCH transmission, PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD.

UE在执行上行传输间的复用处理的过程中,通过确定复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,能够确保上行传输的有效性,从而有利于确保终端的通信性能。In the process of performing the multiplexing process between uplink transmissions, the UE can ensure the validity of the uplink transmission by determining the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission, thereby facilitating the communication performance of the terminal.

为了更好地理解本申请的技术方案,以下提供具体的实施例对本申请的上行传输方案分别进行示例性说明。In order to better understand the technical solution of the present application, specific embodiments are provided below to exemplify the uplink transmission solution of the present application.

实施例1Example 1

一、UE确定上行传输的时域类型1. UE determines the time domain type of uplink transmission

UE根据如下方法确定上行传输,如PUCCH或其他UL传输(例如物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)、探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)等)的时域类型,即,UE确定上行传输是SBFD传输(即上行传输的时域类型为SBFD类型)还是non-SBFD传输(即上行传输的时域类型为non-SBFD类型):The UE determines the time domain type of uplink transmission, such as PUCCH or other UL transmission (e.g., Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), etc.) according to the following method, that is, the UE determines whether the uplink transmission is SBFD transmission (i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is SBFD type) or non-SBFD transmission (i.e., the time domain type of the uplink transmission is non-SBFD type):

这里,SBFD类型对应的时域单元例如可以包括SBFD符号/时隙/子时隙。Here, the time domain unit corresponding to the SBFD type may include, for example, a SBFD symbol/time slot/sub-time slot.

方法1:根据预配置信息确定上行传输的时域类型,例如:Method 1: Determine the time domain type of uplink transmission according to pre-configuration information, for example:

方法1-1:对于PUCCH,根据PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH-config/resourceList或resource set确定PUCCH传输的时域类型。例如基站为UE在SBFD时域或non-SBFD时域传输分别配置PUCCH-config/resourceList或resource set,UE根据PUCCH所在PUCCH-config/resourceList或resource set确定其传输的时域类型。Method 1-1: For PUCCH, the time domain type of PUCCH transmission is determined according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the PUCCH resource is located. For example, the base station configures PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set for the UE to transmit in the SBFD time domain or non-SBFD time domain respectively, and the UE determines the time domain type of its transmission according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the PUCCH is located.

对于SRS或配置授权PUSCH(Configured Grant PUSCH,CG-PUSCH),根据其所在的配置列表确定其传输的时域类型。For SRS or Configured Grant PUSCH (CG-PUSCH), the time domain type of its transmission is determined according to the configuration list in which it is located.

方法1-2:根据每个上行传输资源对应的预配置时域类型,确定各上行传输的时域类型。例如基站为每个上行传输资源配置其传输的时域类型(如per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured)。Method 1-2: Determine the time domain type of each uplink transmission according to the pre-configured time domain type corresponding to each uplink transmission resource. For example, the base station configures the time domain type of each uplink transmission resource (such as per PUCCH/SRS/CG-PUSCH resource configured).

方法1-3:根据每个上行资源所承载的信息或信号对应的预配置信息,确定各上行传输的时域类型。Method 1-3: Determine the time domain type of each uplink transmission according to the pre-configuration information corresponding to the information or signal carried by each uplink resource.

对于承载HARQ-ACK的PUCCH,根据HARQ-ACK所在codebook或PUCCH资源所在的PUCCH-config/resourceList或resource set,例如调度DCI或RRC配置HARQ-ACK所在codebook或PUCCH-config/resourceList或resource set的信息(例如索引)。For the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK, according to the PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the HARQ-ACK is located or the PUCCH resource is located, such as the scheduling DCI or RRC configuration information (such as the index) of the codebook or PUCCH-config/resourceList or resource set where the HARQ-ACK is located.

对于CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH,高层配置其对应的传输时域类型(如per CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH配置)。例如,对于CG-PUSCH type-2,UE可根据激活DCI的指示确定对应的时域类型。例如,DCI或RRC配置中如果提供了功控参数或空域关系参数(如SRS资源指示(SRS resource indicator,SRI)或准共址(Quasi co-location,QCL)等参数),且SBFD类型和non-SBFD类型分别对应不同的功控参数或空域关系参数,则可通过指示相应的功控参数或空域关系参数,确定所述DCI或RRC配置的上行传输的时域类型。For CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH, the higher layer configures the corresponding transmission time domain type (such as per CSI/SR/SRS/CG-PUSCH configuration). For example, for CG-PUSCH type-2, the UE can determine the corresponding time domain type according to the indication of activating DCI. For example, if power control parameters or spatial relationship parameters (such as SRS resource indicator (SRS resource indicator, SRI) or Quasi co-location (Quasi co-location, QCL) parameters) are provided in the DCI or RRC configuration, and the SBFD type and non-SBFD type correspond to different power control parameters or spatial relationship parameters, respectively, then the time domain type of the uplink transmission configured by the DCI or RRC can be determined by indicating the corresponding power control parameters or spatial relationship parameters.

方法2:根据预定义规则确定上行传输的时域类型,例如:Method 2: Determine the time domain type of uplink transmission according to predefined rules, for example:

方法2-1:根据名义上传输(如果一个上行传输包含在多个位置,如重复(repetition),一个传输块(Transport Block,TB)在多个PUSCH上传输(one TB over multiple PUSCHs)或多PUSCH(multi-PUSCH)调度等情况,可以是第一个传输/重复)所在时域单元的时域类型,确定上行传输的时域类型。具体地:Method 2-1: Determine the time domain type of the uplink transmission based on the time domain type of the time domain unit where the nominal transmission (if an uplink transmission is contained in multiple locations, such as repetition, one TB over multiple PUSCHs or multi-PUSCH scheduling, it can be the first transmission/repetition) is located. Specifically:

对于HARQ-ACK/DG-PUSCH/A-SRS,上行传输的时域类型为UE被指示的用来传输HARQ-ACK/PUSCH/SRS所在的时间单元对应的时域类型。如图4中,PDSCH1、PDSCH2分别被指示在时隙n+5和时隙n+7反馈HARQ-ACK,根据SBFD配置,时隙n+5为SBFD slot,时隙n+7为non-SBFD slot,则UE确定PUCCH1和PUCCH2的时域类型分别为SBFD类型和non-SBFD类型。For HARQ-ACK/DG-PUSCH/A-SRS, the time domain type of uplink transmission is the time domain type corresponding to the time unit where the UE is instructed to transmit HARQ-ACK/PUSCH/SRS. As shown in Figure 4, PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are instructed to feedback HARQ-ACK in time slot n+5 and time slot n+7 respectively. According to the SBFD configuration, time slot n+5 is a SBFD slot and time slot n+7 is a non-SBFD slot. The UE determines that the time domain types of PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 are SBFD type and non-SBFD type respectively.

对于SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS,上行传输的时域类型为UE根据SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS的周期以及周期内的偏移(以及起始符号位置和子时隙配置)确定的时间单元对应的时域类型。如图5中,UE根据CSI/SR的周期以及偏移确定周期1和周期2中CSI/SR传输的时隙,其中在周期1中,其所在时隙被配置为SBFD时隙,周期2中,其所在时隙被配置为non-SBFD时隙,则UE确定PUCCH1和PUCCH2的时域类型分别为SBFD类型和non-SBFD类型。For SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS, the time domain type of uplink transmission is the time domain type corresponding to the time unit determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS and the offset within the period (as well as the starting symbol position and sub-time slot configuration). As shown in Figure 5, the UE determines the time slots for CSI/SR transmission in period 1 and period 2 according to the period and offset of CSI/SR, wherein in period 1, the time slot in which it is located is configured as an SBFD time slot, and in period 2, the time slot in which it is located is configured as a non-SBFD time slot, then the UE determines the time domain types of PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 as SBFD type and non-SBFD type respectively.

方法2-2:根据实际传输(如果一个上行传输包含在多个位置,如repetition,one TB over multiple PUSCHs)或multi-PUSCH调度等情况,可以是第一个传输/重复)所在时域单元的时域类型,确定上行传输的时域类型。Method 2-2: Determine the time domain type of the uplink transmission based on the time domain type of the time domain unit where the actual transmission (it can be the first transmission/repetition if an uplink transmission is contained in multiple locations, such as repetition, one TB over multiple PUSCHs) or multi-PUSCH scheduling) is located.

可以理解地,上行传输原本被调度/配置在某个时间单元传输,但是由于一些原因(例如该时间单元为DL,或者该上行传输被更高优先级的上行传输取消)无法传输该上行传输,根据一些预定义的规则,该上行传输被推迟到其他时间单元传输。所述其他传输单元为实际传输所在时域单元。It can be understood that the uplink transmission is originally scheduled/configured for transmission in a certain time unit, but due to some reasons (for example, the time unit is DL, or the uplink transmission is cancelled by an uplink transmission with a higher priority), the uplink transmission cannot be transmitted, and according to some predefined rules, the uplink transmission is postponed to other time units for transmission. The other transmission units are the time domain units where the actual transmission is located.

例如,对于PUCCH,所述实际传输的时域单元,为UE根据定义规则确定的用于PUCCH传输的时隙。或者,对于PUSCH,实际传输的时间单元为实际传输(actual transmission)对应的时间单元。示例性地,UE根据如下方法,确定实际传输的时域单元:For example, for PUCCH, the time domain unit of actual transmission is the time slot for PUCCH transmission determined by the UE according to the definition rule. Or, for PUSCH, the time unit of actual transmission is the time unit corresponding to the actual transmission. Exemplarily, the UE determines the time domain unit of actual transmission according to the following method:

从时间单元A开始,满足:Starting from time unit A, it satisfies:

在PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS资源对应的第一个符号(例如由startingSymbolIndex提供)为不是同步信号(Synchronization Signal,SS)/物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)的符号的UL符号或者flexible符号或者SBFD符号;The first symbol corresponding to the PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS resource (for example, provided by startingSymbolIndex) is a UL symbol or a flexible symbol or a SBFD symbol that is not a synchronization signal (SS)/physical broadcast channel (PBCH);

从PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS资源对应的第一个符号开始连续X个为不是SS/PBCH的符号的UL符号或者flexible符号或者SBFD符号,其中X大于或等于PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS资源对应的符号数(例如由nrofsymbols或TDRA提供)的时间单元。Starting from the first symbol corresponding to the PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS resource, a time unit of X consecutive UL symbols or flexible symbols or SBFD symbols that are not SS/PBCH symbols, where X is greater than or equal to the number of symbols corresponding to the PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS resource (for example, provided by nrofsymbols or TDRA).

其中,时间单元A包括如下情况:Among them, time unit A includes the following situations:

情况1:对于HARQ-ACK/DG-PUSCH/A-SRS,时间单元A为UE被指示的反馈HARQ-ACK(例如根据PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈的定时确定的)或传输PUSCH/SRS的时间单元;Case 1: For HARQ-ACK/DG-PUSCH/A-SRS, the time unit A is the time unit in which the UE is instructed to feedback HARQ-ACK (for example, determined according to the timing of PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback) or transmit PUSCH/SRS;

情况2:对于SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS,时间单元A为UE根据SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS配置的周期以及周期内的偏移确定的发送SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS的时间单元,时间单元A可以是时隙(slot)A,也可以是子时隙(sub-slot)A,如果是sub-slot A,对于SR/CSI,UE还需要根据PUCCH起始符号位置以及sub-slot长度配置来确定sub-slot A。Case 2: For SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS, time unit A is the time unit for sending SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/SRS determined by the UE according to the period of SR/CSI/CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS configuration and the offset within the period. Time unit A can be time slot A or sub-slot A. If it is sub-slot A, for SR/CSI, the UE also needs to determine sub-slot A based on the PUCCH start symbol position and sub-slot length configuration.

本实施例中,时间单元可替换为时域单元,两者含义相同。In this embodiment, the time unit can be replaced by the time domain unit, and the two have the same meaning.

本实施例中,时域单元例如可以是时隙/子时隙。In this embodiment, the time domain unit may be, for example, a time slot/sub-time slot.

对于方法2-2,由于UE需要根据上行传输所在的时隙/子时隙或上行传输的起始符号和符号位置来确定时域类型,因此该方法适用于UE不需要根据时域类型确定上行传输的时隙/子时隙或起始符号和符号位置的情况,例如:对于SBFD类型和non-SBFD类型的上行传输,其PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈的定时反馈定时集合、时域资源配置是公共的或相同的情况,或者对于SBFD类型和non-SBFD类型的上行传输,相同的PRI/resource ID对应的时域位置相同的情况,或者SBFD的配置方式为时隙级别(slot-level)的情况。For method 2-2, since the UE needs to determine the time domain type according to the time slot/sub-time slot in which the uplink transmission is located or the starting symbol and symbol position of the uplink transmission, this method is applicable to the situation where the UE does not need to determine the time slot/sub-time slot or the starting symbol and symbol position of the uplink transmission according to the time domain type, for example: for SBFD type and non-SBFD type uplink transmission, the timing feedback timing set and time domain resource configuration of the PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback are common or the same, or for SBFD type and non-SBFD type uplink transmission, the time domain position corresponding to the same PRI/resource ID is the same, or the SBFD is configured at the slot level.

对于某个时域单元(即时间单元),UE可以采用如下方式中的至少一项确定其时域类型:For a certain time domain unit (i.e., time unit), the UE may determine its time domain type by using at least one of the following methods:

如果该时域单元被配置为SBFD时域单元,则该时域单元的时域类型为SBFD类型;If the time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit, the time domain type of the time domain unit is the SBFD type;

如果该时域单元只包含SBFD符号,则该时域单元的时域类型为SBFD类型;If the time domain unit only contains SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the time domain unit is SBFD type;

如果该时域单元没有被配置为SBFD时域单元,则该时域单元的时域类型为non-SBFD类型;If the time domain unit is not configured as a SBFD time domain unit, the time domain type of the time domain unit is a non-SBFD type;

如果该时域单元只包含non-SBFD符号,则该时域单元的时域类型为non-SBFD类型。If the time domain unit contains only non-SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the time domain unit is a non-SBFD type.

当UE被配置了SBFD,并且SBFD配置是符号级别的配置,则在某个时隙/子时隙可能同时具有SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号。也就是说,某个时域单元同时包含SBFD symbol和non-SBFD symbol。此时,UE可以根据以下方式中的至少一项确定该时域单元的时域类型:When the UE is configured with SBFD, and the SBFD configuration is a symbol-level configuration, a certain time slot/sub-time slot may have both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols. In other words, a certain time domain unit contains both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols. At this time, the UE can determine the time domain type of the time domain unit according to at least one of the following methods:

根据该时域单元内SBFD符号的数目和non-SBFD符号的数目确定;具体地,如果该时域单元内SBFD符号的数目大于non-SBFD符号的数目,则该时域单元的时域类型为SBFD类型;如果该时域单元内non-SBFD符号的数目大于SBFD符号的数目,则该时域单元的时域类型为non-SBFD类型;Determined according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols in the time domain unit; specifically, if the number of SBFD symbols in the time domain unit is greater than the number of non-SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the time domain unit is the SBFD type; if the number of non-SBFD symbols in the time domain unit is greater than the number of SBFD symbols, the time domain type of the time domain unit is the non-SBFD type;

根据该时域单元内的预定义位置的符号的类型确定;具体地,预定义位置的符号可以是第一个符号或最后一个符号;例如,该时域单元内的第一个符号为SBFD符号,则该时域单元的时域类型为SBFD类型,否则为non-SBFD类型;Determined according to the type of the symbol at the predefined position in the time domain unit; specifically, the symbol at the predefined position may be the first symbol or the last symbol; for example, if the first symbol in the time domain unit is an SBFD symbol, the time domain type of the time domain unit is an SBFD type, otherwise it is a non-SBFD type;

按照HARQ-ACK对应的最后一个DL传输的结束位置所在symbol对应的时域类型确定;这里,最后一个DL传输的结束位置所在symbol可以是最后一个DL传输的结束位置对应的DL符号,或者是最后一个DL传输的结束位置对应的UL符号,后者主要适用于DL和UL在不同的载波(carrier)的情况;Determined according to the time domain type corresponding to the symbol where the end position of the last DL transmission corresponding to the HARQ-ACK is located; here, the symbol where the end position of the last DL transmission is located may be a DL symbol corresponding to the end position of the last DL transmission, or a UL symbol corresponding to the end position of the last DL transmission, the latter mainly being applicable to the case where the DL and UL are on different carriers;

按照该时域单元预定义/默认的时域类型确定;例如,假设该时域单元预定义/默认为SBFD类型,则该时域单元的时域类型为SBFD类型;Determined according to the predefined/default time domain type of the time domain unit; for example, assuming that the time domain unit is predefined/defaulted as an SBFD type, the time domain type of the time domain unit is an SBFD type;

根据该时域单元内的上行传输所在符号对应的符号类型确定;例如,对于SBFD和non-SBFD对应的PUCCH-config中,相同PRI对应的PUCCH资源的时域资源(起始符号和符号数)一样,UE可根据PUCCH资源所在符号的符号类型确定该时域单元的时域类型。It is determined according to the symbol type corresponding to the symbol where the uplink transmission in the time domain unit is located; for example, in the PUCCH-config corresponding to SBFD and non-SBFD, the time domain resources (starting symbol and number of symbols) of the PUCCH resources corresponding to the same PRI are the same. The UE can determine the time domain type of the time domain unit according to the symbol type of the symbol where the PUCCH resources are located.

通过以上方式,UE确定了上行传输的实际传输所在时域单元的时域类型,UE可将确定的时域类型作为上行传输的时域类型。为了下文描述简单,可以将上行传输按照时域类型的不同分为SBFD传输和non-SBFD传输这两类。In the above manner, the UE determines the time domain type of the time domain unit where the actual uplink transmission is located, and the UE can use the determined time domain type as the time domain type of the uplink transmission. For simplicity of the following description, the uplink transmission can be divided into two categories according to the different time domain types: SBFD transmission and non-SBFD transmission.

需要说明的是,本实施例中的UL/flexible符号是指被半静态信令,如tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated配置为UL或flexible符号,且没有被配置为SBFD符号(示例性地,所述符号没有被半静态信令配置为SBFD符号)的符号,本实施例中的SBFD符号是指根据高层信令或动态信令确定的SBFD符号,例如,所述SBFD符号为根据高层信令确定的SBFD符号。It should be noted that the UL/flexible symbol in this embodiment refers to a symbol that is configured as a UL or flexible symbol by semi-static signaling, such as tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated, and is not configured as an SBFD symbol (exemplarily, the symbol is not configured as an SBFD symbol by semi-static signaling). The SBFD symbol in this embodiment refers to an SBFD symbol determined according to high-level signaling or dynamic signaling, for example, the SBFD symbol is an SBFD symbol determined according to high-level signaling.

二、UE确定上行传输的传输参数2. UE determines transmission parameters for uplink transmission

上述UE确定的上行传输的时域类型(如SBFD符号/时隙/子时隙)可以用于进一步确定上行传输的时域资源位置(如传输所在的时域单元)和传输参数(如传输配置、反馈定时集合、TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数或波束参数等)。即,UE根据确定的上行传输的时域类型,确定该上行传输所在的时域资源位置和传输参数中的至少一项。The time domain type of uplink transmission determined by the UE above (such as SBFD symbol/time slot/sub-time slot) can be used to further determine the time domain resource location (such as the time domain unit where the transmission is located) and transmission parameters (such as transmission configuration, feedback timing set, TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameters or beam parameters, etc.) of the uplink transmission. That is, the UE determines at least one of the time domain resource location and transmission parameters of the uplink transmission according to the determined time domain type of the uplink transmission.

当UE被配置了SBFD,基站可以为UE配置不同的传输参数,如传输配置、反馈定时集合、TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数或波束参数等,用于UE分别进行SBFD传输和non-SBFD传输。When the UE is configured with SBFD, the base station can configure different transmission parameters for the UE, such as transmission configuration, feedback timing set, TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameters or beam parameters, etc., for the UE to perform SBFD transmission and non-SBFD transmission respectively.

对于动态调度的传输,例如HARQ-ACK的传输,UE可以根据其DCI中的k1指示域确定反馈HARQ-ACK的时间单元,并根据该时间单元的时域类型确定对应的PUCCH-config,在该PUCCH-config中确定传输HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源,以及PUCCH传输时的传输参数。For dynamically scheduled transmissions, such as HARQ-ACK transmission, the UE can determine the time unit for feeding back HARQ-ACK based on the k1 indication field in its DCI, and determine the corresponding PUCCH-config based on the time domain type of the time unit, and determine the PUCCH resources for transmitting HARQ-ACK and the transmission parameters during PUCCH transmission in the PUCCH-config.

对于半静态配置的传输,例如CSI/SR/CG-PUSCH,UE可以根据高层配置的信息确定其在每个周期内的传输时间单元,并根据该时间单元的时域类型确定其传输参数。For semi-statically configured transmissions, such as CSI/SR/CG-PUSCH, the UE may determine its transmission time unit in each period based on high-level configuration information, and determine its transmission parameters based on the time domain type of the time unit.

例如,假设UE被配置了分别用于在SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号传输UCI信息的PUCCH资源,且基站配置了PUCCH-configList1用于SBFD符号传输,以及PUCCH-configList2用于non-SBFD符号传输。其中,每个PUCCH-configList可以包含一个或多个PUCCH-config,例如分别用于高低优先级的UCI传输。每个PUCCH-config中包含PUCCH资源、PUCCH传输功率控制参数、空间信息参数等。那么,对于HARQ-ACK反馈,UE可根据以下方式的至少一项确定其PUCCH传输资源以及传输资源对应的传输参数:For example, assume that the UE is configured with PUCCH resources for transmitting UCI information in SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, respectively, and the base station configures PUCCH-configList1 for SBFD symbol transmission and PUCCH-configList2 for non-SBFD symbol transmission. Each PUCCH-configList may contain one or more PUCCH-configs, for example, for high and low priority UCI transmissions, respectively. Each PUCCH-config contains PUCCH resources, PUCCH transmission power control parameters, spatial information parameters, etc. Then, for HARQ-ACK feedback, the UE may determine its PUCCH transmission resources and the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:

DCI指示HARQ-ACK反馈的时域类型/codebook类型(codebook类型与时域类型对应);DCI indicates the time domain type/codebook type of HARQ-ACK feedback (the codebook type corresponds to the time domain type);

DCI直接指示UE所使用的PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList;DCI directly indicates the PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList used by the UE;

DCI指示HARQ-ACK反馈的时间单元,UE根据该时间单元的时域类型确定对应的PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList。The DCI indicates the time unit of HARQ-ACK feedback, and the UE determines the corresponding PUCCH-config/PUCCH-configList according to the time domain type of the time unit.

UE根据上述方式确定PUCCH-config后,在该PUCCH-config中确定HARQ-ACK传输对应的PUCCH资源,并采用该PUCCH-config对应的传输参数传输该PUCCH(如果该PUCCH可以传输)。After the UE determines the PUCCH-config according to the above method, it determines the PUCCH resources corresponding to the HARQ-ACK transmission in the PUCCH-config, and uses the transmission parameters corresponding to the PUCCH-config to transmit the PUCCH (if the PUCCH can be transmitted).

可以理解地,对于动态调度的传输,例如HARQ-ACK的传输,UE可以根据其DCI中的指示确定其PUCCH传输对应的时域类型,由此可以确定对应的PUCCH-config,在该PUCCH-config中确定传输HARQ-ACK的PUCCH资源(可以包含PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈定时集合),以及PUCCH传输时的传输参数。It can be understood that for dynamically scheduled transmissions, such as HARQ-ACK transmissions, the UE can determine the time domain type corresponding to its PUCCH transmission based on the indication in its DCI, and thereby determine the corresponding PUCCH-config, in which the PUCCH resources for transmitting HARQ-ACK (which may include a PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set) and the transmission parameters during PUCCH transmission are determined.

可选地,UE不期望DCI指示的PUCCH传输对应的时域类型,与UE由此确定的传输PUCCH的时域单元被配置的时域类型不匹配。Optionally, the UE does not expect that the time domain type corresponding to the PUCCH transmission indicated by the DCI does not match the time domain type configured by the time domain unit for transmitting the PUCCH determined by the UE.

对于CSI/SR传输,UE根据以下方式的至少一项确定其PUCCH传输资源以及传输资源对应的传输参数:For CSI/SR transmission, the UE determines its PUCCH transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:

每个CSI/SR,基站配置其关联的PUCCH resource ID。其中一个PUCCH resource ID唯一关联一个PUCCH-config,UE根据该PUCCH-config与时域类型的映射关系,确定该CSI/SR传输对应的时域类型,并使用该PUCCH-config中配置的传输参数,如最大码率,功率控制参数,beam参数等传输该PUCCH;For each CSI/SR, the base station configures its associated PUCCH resource ID. One PUCCH resource ID is uniquely associated with a PUCCH-config. The UE determines the time domain type corresponding to the CSI/SR transmission based on the mapping relationship between the PUCCH-config and the time domain type, and uses the transmission parameters configured in the PUCCH-config, such as the maximum code rate, power control parameters, beam parameters, etc. to transmit the PUCCH.

每个CSI/SR,基站配置其关联的PUCCH resource ID。每个CSI/SR可以关联2个PUCCH resource ID分别用于UE在SBFD以及non-SBFD时域资源传输。在某个周期内,UE根据CSI/SR所在时间单元的类型确定使用哪个PUCCH-config对应的传输资源和/或传输参数,如最大传输速率,功率控制,beam等参数,传输该PUCCH。For each CSI/SR, the base station configures its associated PUCCH resource ID. Each CSI/SR can be associated with 2 PUCCH resource IDs for UE transmission in SBFD and non-SBFD time domain resources respectively. Within a certain period, the UE determines which PUCCH-config corresponding transmission resources and/or transmission parameters, such as maximum transmission rate, power control, beam and other parameters, to use to transmit the PUCCH according to the type of time unit where the CSI/SR is located.

值得注意的是,上述根据DCI指示HARQ-ACK反馈的时间单元确定其传输类型时,由于UE需要根据PDSCH到HARQ-ACK的反馈定时指示来确定HARQ-ACK反馈的时间单元,而反馈定时指示对应的值可以由PUCCH-config中的定时集合配置,反馈定时对应的时间颗粒度(时隙/子时隙)也可以由PUCCH-config中的sub-slot配置确定。因此此方法适用于对于SBFD和non-SBFD类型,其对应的PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈定时集合和定时颗粒度相同的情况。例如,对应DCI格式为DCI 0_0,或者SBFD和non-SBFD类型共有一套/相同的PDSCH到HARQ-ACK反馈定时集合和定时颗粒度配置。It is worth noting that when the transmission type is determined according to the time unit of HARQ-ACK feedback indicated by DCI, the UE needs to determine the time unit of HARQ-ACK feedback according to the feedback timing indication from PDSCH to HARQ-ACK, and the value corresponding to the feedback timing indication can be configured by the timing set in PUCCH-config, and the time granularity (time slot/sub-time slot) corresponding to the feedback timing can also be determined by the sub-slot configuration in PUCCH-config. Therefore, this method is applicable to the case where the corresponding PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set and timing granularity are the same for SBFD and non-SBFD types. For example, the corresponding DCI format is DCI 0_0, or the SBFD and non-SBFD types share a set/the same PDSCH to HARQ-ACK feedback timing set and timing granularity configuration.

对于PUSCH/SRS传输,UE根据以下方式的至少一项确定其传输资源以及传输资源对应的传输参数:For PUSCH/SRS transmission, the UE determines its transmission resources and transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission resources according to at least one of the following methods:

如果是动态调度的传输,例如DG-PUSCH/type 2CG-PUSCH/A-SRS,UE可以根据PUSCH/SRS对应的DCI指示,确定其传输时域资源类型/对应的传输参数/参数集合(如PUSCH-config);If it is a dynamically scheduled transmission, such as DG-PUSCH/type 2CG-PUSCH/A-SRS, the UE can determine its transmission time domain resource type/corresponding transmission parameters/parameter set (such as PUSCH-config) according to the DCI indication corresponding to PUSCH/SRS;

如果是半静态配置的传输,如type 1CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS,UE可以根据高层配置的(与CSI/SR类似)或者激活DCI对应的指示,确定当前周期中PUSCH/SRS传输所在时间单元对应的类型,并使用对应的传输参数/参数集合。If it is a semi-statically configured transmission, such as type 1CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS, the UE can determine the type of time unit corresponding to the PUSCH/SRS transmission in the current period based on the high-level configuration (similar to CSI/SR) or the indication corresponding to the activated DCI, and use the corresponding transmission parameters/parameter set.

三、UE确定上行传输是否可以传输3. UE determines whether uplink transmission can be transmitted

如果UE确定的上行传输的时域单元(假设该时域单元的时域类型是类型A)与不是类型A(如类型B)的时域单元重叠,则UE可以执行如下操作的至少一项:If the time domain unit for uplink transmission determined by the UE (assuming that the time domain type of the time domain unit is type A) overlaps with a time domain unit that is not type A (such as type B), the UE may perform at least one of the following operations:

推迟该上行传输;deferring the uplink transmission;

取消该上行传输;cancel the uplink transmission;

使用类型B对应的配置(如PUCCH-config)中的传输参数传输该上行传输。The uplink transmission is transmitted using the transmission parameters in the configuration corresponding to type B (eg, PUCCH-config).

例如,对于CSI/SR传输,假设根据高层配置信息确定其时域类型为类型A,当某个周期内CSI/SR所在资源位置与不同类型的时域单元重叠,则UE推迟该周期内的传输(如推迟到下一个可用时域单元),或者取消该周期内的传输,或者使用另一类型对应的传输参数传输该PUCCH(如功率、beam信息等相关参数)。For example, for CSI/SR transmission, assuming that its time domain type is determined to be type A according to high-level configuration information, when the resource location of CSI/SR in a certain period overlaps with different types of time domain units, the UE postpones the transmission in that period (such as postponing it to the next available time domain unit), or cancels the transmission in that period, or uses the transmission parameters corresponding to another type to transmit the PUCCH (such as power, beam information and other related parameters).

例如,对于CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS传输,如果在某个周期/传输时机,上行传输所在的时间单元类型与其被配置/指示的类型不同(例如对于高层配置或激活DCI指示时),则UE推迟该周期内的传输,或者取消该周期内的传输,或者使用另一类型对应的传输参数传输该上行传输。For example, for CG-PUSCH/P-SRS/SP-SRS transmission, if in a certain period/transmission timing, the time unit type of the uplink transmission is different from the type it is configured/indicated (for example, for high-level configuration or activation of DCI indication), the UE postpones the transmission within the period, or cancels the transmission within the period, or uses transmission parameters corresponding to another type to transmit the uplink transmission.

例如对于HARQ-ACK PUCCH,假设UE确定了其传输的时域类型(假设是类型A),并在对应的PUCCH-config中确定了PUCCH资源,那么,UE可以根据SBFD配置信息确定该PUCCH是否可以传输,或者说,是否可以采用该PUCCH-config对应的传输参数传输该PUCCH(为了后文描述方便,该确定的步骤可以简称为第一步骤)。如果该PUCCH资源对应的时域类型与上述类型A不同(假设该PUCCH资源对应的时域类型是类型B),则UE可以取消该PUCCH传输,或推迟该PUCCH传输,或者按照类型B对应的传输参数传输该PUCCH。如果该PUCCH资源的时域单元与SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号都重叠,则UE可以取消该PUCCH传输,或推迟该PUCCH传输,或者按照特定类型(类型A或类型B)对应的传输参数传输该PUCCH。For example, for HARQ-ACK PUCCH, assuming that the UE has determined the time domain type of its transmission (assuming it is type A) and has determined the PUCCH resources in the corresponding PUCCH-config, then the UE can determine whether the PUCCH can be transmitted based on the SBFD configuration information, or whether the PUCCH can be transmitted using the transmission parameters corresponding to the PUCCH-config (for the convenience of the following description, the determination step can be referred to as the first step). If the time domain type corresponding to the PUCCH resource is different from the above-mentioned type A (assuming that the time domain type corresponding to the PUCCH resource is type B), the UE can cancel the PUCCH transmission, or postpone the PUCCH transmission, or transmit the PUCCH according to the transmission parameters corresponding to type B. If the time domain unit of the PUCCH resource overlaps with both the SBFD symbol and the non-SBFD symbol, the UE can cancel the PUCCH transmission, or postpone the PUCCH transmission, or transmit the PUCCH according to the transmission parameters corresponding to a specific type (type A or type B).

类似的,对于CG-PUSCH传输,则UE可以根据SBFD配置信息确定某个CG-PUSCH传输是否可以传输(例如CG-PUSCH对应的频域资源超出SBFD对应的UL subband范围),或者,某个CG-PUSCH传输是否可以与不同的符号类型重叠,或者,CG-PUSCH所在时域类型与其被配置/指示的类型是否匹配(为了后文描述方便,该确定的步骤可以简称为第一步骤)。Similarly, for CG-PUSCH transmission, the UE can determine, based on the SBFD configuration information, whether a certain CG-PUSCH transmission can be transmitted (for example, the frequency domain resources corresponding to the CG-PUSCH exceed the UL subband range corresponding to the SBFD), or whether a certain CG-PUSCH transmission can overlap with different symbol types, or whether the time domain type of the CG-PUSCH matches its configured/indicated type (for the convenience of subsequent description, this determination step may be referred to as the first step).

四、上行传输的重叠处理4. Overlapping Processing of Uplink Transmission

可选地,UE先执行上述第一步骤,再进行intra-UE复用(例如PUCCH和PUCCH的重叠处理,PUCCH和PUSCH的重叠处理)。Optionally, the UE first executes the first step, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing (eg, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUCCH, overlapping processing of PUCCH and PUSCH).

可选地,UE先进行intra-UE复用(multiplexing),再执行上述第一步骤。Optionally, the UE performs intra-UE multiplexing first, and then executes the first step.

可选地,UE在intra-UE复用前和复用过程中的每一步以及复用后,执行上述第一步骤。Optionally, the UE performs the first step before intra-UE multiplexing, at each step of the multiplexing process, and after multiplexing.

方式一:UE先确定上行传输,再进行intra-UE复用。在intra-UE复用完成后,UE根据SBFD配置信息确定复用后的PUCCH是否可以传输。Method 1: The UE first determines the uplink transmission and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines whether the multiplexed PUCCH can be transmitted based on the SBFD configuration information.

方式二:UE先确定上行传输对应的时域类型,并根据SBFD配置信息确定该PUCCH是否可以传输,再进行intra-UE复用。在intra-UE复用完成后,UE根据SBFD配置信息确定该PUCCH是否可以传输。Method 2: The UE first determines the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information.

方式三:UE先进行intra-UE复用,在intra-UE复用完成后,UE根据SBFD配置信息确定上行传输对应的时域类型,并确定该PUCCH是否可以传输。Method 3: The UE first performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines the time domain type corresponding to the uplink transmission according to the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted.

例如,假设SBFD PUCCH和non-SBFD PUCCH对应的PUCCH资源的时域资源相同,UE在intra-UE复用前无需根据SBFD配置信息确定PUCCH为哪一套PUCCH资源。UE在完成intra-UE multiplexing后,再根据SBFD配置信息确定PUCCH为哪一套PUCCH资源,并且判断这个PUCCH是否可以传输。如果PUCCH和PUSCH重叠,UE在完成PUCCH和PUSCH复用后,根据PUSCH的配置确定UCI的传输参数,例如根据配置的SBFD对应的偏移值(即beta_offset,用于控制UCI在PUSCH上传输占用的资源元素(Resource Element,RE)数目的参数)或non-SBFD对应的beta_offset确定PUSCH是在SBFD符号传输还是在non-SBFD符号传输。For example, assuming that the time domain resources of the PUCCH resources corresponding to the SBFD PUCCH and the non-SBFD PUCCH are the same, the UE does not need to determine which set of PUCCH resources the PUCCH is based on the SBFD configuration information before intra-UE multiplexing. After completing intra-UE multiplexing, the UE determines which set of PUCCH resources the PUCCH is based on the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted. If the PUCCH and PUSCH overlap, the UE determines the transmission parameters of the UCI based on the configuration of the PUSCH after completing the multiplexing of the PUCCH and PUSCH, for example, according to the offset value corresponding to the configured SBFD (i.e., beta_offset, a parameter used to control the number of resource elements (RE) occupied by the UCI transmission on the PUSCH) or the beta_offset corresponding to the non-SBFD to determine whether the PUSCH is transmitted in the SBFD symbol or in the non-SBFD symbol.

方式四:UE先根据SBFD配置信息确定该PUCCH是否可以传输,再进行intra-UE复用。在intra-UE复用完成后,UE根据SBFD配置信息确定上行传输对应类型,并确定该PUCCH是否可以传输。Method 4: The UE first determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration information, and then performs intra-UE multiplexing. After the intra-UE multiplexing is completed, the UE determines the corresponding type of uplink transmission according to the SBFD configuration information, and determines whether the PUCCH can be transmitted.

可选地,UE不希望/不预期两个对应不同时域类型(SBFD或non-SBFD)的PUCCH资源发生重叠。Optionally, the UE does not wish/expect that two PUCCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) overlap.

可选地,两个对应不同时域类型(SBFD或non-SBFD)的PUCCH资源可以重叠。当SBFD的PUCCH资源和non-SBFD的PUCCH资源重叠时,UE按照以下至少一种预定义的规则确定复用的PUCCH的传输类型(例如所在PUCCH-config):Optionally, two PUCCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) may overlap. When the PUCCH resources of SBFD overlap with the PUCCH resources of non-SBFD, the UE determines the transmission type of the multiplexed PUCCH (e.g., the PUCCH-config) according to at least one of the following predefined rules:

复用后的PUCCH从SBFD对应的PUCCH-config中确定,或者按照SBFD对应的传输参数传输;The multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the SBFD, or is transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the SBFD;

复用后的PUCCH从non-SBFD对应的PUCCH-config中确定,或者按照non-SBFD对应的传输参数传输;The multiplexed PUCCH is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD, or transmitted according to the transmission parameters corresponding to non-SBFD;

按照特定复用规则复用,并根据复用后的PUCCH所对应的PUCCH-config的传输参数传输,例如:Multiplex according to a specific multiplexing rule and transmit according to the transmission parameters of the PUCCH-config corresponding to the multiplexed PUCCH, for example:

如果重叠的信道中包含有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK,则复用后的PUCCH资源从HARQ-ACK对应的PUCCH-config中确定;If the overlapping channel contains HARQ-ACK corresponding to DCI, the multiplexed PUCCH resource is determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the HARQ-ACK;

如果重叠的信道为CSIPUCCH和SPS HARQ-ACK,UE将HARQ-ACK复用在CSI资源上,并采用CSIPUCCH对应的PUCCH-config传输该PUCCH;If the overlapping channels are CSIPUCCH and SPS HARQ-ACK, the UE multiplexes the HARQ-ACK on the CSI resources and uses the PUCCH-config corresponding to the CSIPUCCH to transmit the PUCCH;

如果重叠的信道中包含有对应不同优选级别的HARQ-ACK,则复用后的PUCCH资源从高优先级HARQ-ACK(即HP HARQ-ACK)对应的PUCCH-config中确定。If the overlapping channels contain HARQ-ACKs corresponding to different priority levels, the multiplexed PUCCH resources are determined from the PUCCH-config corresponding to the high-priority HARQ-ACK (i.e., HP HARQ-ACK).

可选地,UE不希望/不预期两个对应不同时域类型(SBFD或non-SBFD)的PUCCH资源和PUSCH资源重叠。Optionally, the UE does not wish/expect that two PUCCH resources and PUSCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) overlap.

可选地,两个对应不同时域类型(SBFD或non-SBFD)的PUCCH资源和PUSCH资源可以重叠。当对应不同时域类型的PUCCH资源和PUSCH资源重叠时,如果PUCCH的UCI复用到这个PUSCH,UE按照以下至少一种预定义的规则确定复用的PUCCH的传输类型(UCI参数):Optionally, two PUCCH resources and PUSCH resources corresponding to different time domain types (SBFD or non-SBFD) may overlap. When PUCCH resources and PUSCH resources corresponding to different time domain types overlap, if the UCI of the PUCCH is multiplexed to this PUSCH, the UE determines the transmission type (UCI parameter) of the multiplexed PUCCH according to at least one of the following predefined rules:

按照PUSCH对应的参数(对应的PUSCH-config)传输PUSCH和UCI,其中UCI的beta_offset根据PUSCH对应的上行传输类型确定;PUSCH and UCI are transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH (corresponding PUSCH-config), where the beta_offset of UCI is determined according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUSCH;

按照PUSCH对应的参数(对应的PUSCH-config)传输PUSCH,按照PUCCH对应的上行传输类型传输UCI,其中UCI的beta_offset根据PUCCH对应的上行传输类型确定;PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to PUSCH (corresponding PUSCH-config), and UCI is transmitted according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUCCH, where the beta_offset of UCI is determined according to the uplink transmission type corresponding to PUCCH;

如果PUSCH为non-SBFD PUSCH,则按照non-SBFD对应的PUSCH-config对应的参数传输PUSCH。If the PUSCH is non-SBFD PUSCH, the PUSCH is transmitted according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH-config corresponding to non-SBFD.

需要说明的是,相关技术中,UE根据基站配置或调度确定PUCCH/PUSCH传输后,会进行intra-UE multiplexing,包括PUCCH和PUCCH,PUSCH和PUCCH之间的重叠处理。复用完成后,UE可以根据TDD上下行配置确定复用后的PUCCH/PUSCH是否能够传输。例如,如果复用后的PUCCH/PUSCH时域单元与基站配置或指示的DL符号重叠,则不能传输该PUCCH/PUSCH。It should be noted that in the related technology, after the UE determines the PUCCH/PUSCH transmission according to the base station configuration or scheduling, it will perform intra-UE multiplexing, including overlapping processing between PUCCH and PUCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH. After the multiplexing is completed, the UE can determine whether the multiplexed PUCCH/PUSCH can be transmitted according to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration. For example, if the multiplexed PUCCH/PUSCH time domain unit overlaps with the DL symbol configured or indicated by the base station, the PUCCH/PUSCH cannot be transmitted.

实施例2Example 2

相关技术中,当UE在一个时隙被配置传输多个CSIPUCCH时,UE会根据如下规则确定最多2个PUCCH用于传输CSI报告,例如:In the related art, when a UE is configured to transmit multiple CSI PUCCHs in a time slot, the UE determines a maximum of two PUCCHs for transmitting CSI reports according to the following rules, for example:

如果UE没有被配置传输多个CSI报告的PUCCH资源列表,如multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList,或者一个时隙中的CSIPUCCH没有重叠,则UE可以选择具有最高优先级的CSI对应的PUCCH(如PUCCH A)。如果PUCCH A是短PUCCH格式,即PUCCH格式2,则UE在剩余的与PUCCH A不重叠的CSIPUCCH中,选择一个优先级最高的CSI对应的PUCCH;如果PUCCH A是长PUCCH格式,则UE在与PUCCH A不重叠的CSIPUCCH且对应PUCCH格式是PUCCH格式2的CSI中,选择优先级最高CSI对应的PUCCH。If the UE is not configured with a PUCCH resource list for transmitting multiple CSI reports, such as multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList, or the CSIPUCCHs in a time slot do not overlap, the UE can select the PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority (such as PUCCH A). If PUCCH A is in short PUCCH format, that is, PUCCH format 2, the UE selects a PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority from the remaining CSIPUCCHs that do not overlap with PUCCH A; if PUCCH A is in long PUCCH format, the UE selects a PUCCH corresponding to the CSI with the highest priority from the CSIPUCCHs that do not overlap with PUCCH A and whose corresponding PUCCH format is PUCCH format 2.

如果UE被配置了传输多个CSI报告的PUCCH资源列表multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList,且一个时隙中存在时域重叠的CSIPUCCH,则UE将该时隙中的所有CSI报告复用在一个multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList配置的一个PUCCH资源上(如果复用后超出该PUCCH对应的传输码率,可能丢弃部分CSI报告)。If the UE is configured with a PUCCH resource list multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList for transmitting multiple CSI reports, and there is a CSI PUCCH with time domain overlap in a time slot, the UE multiplexes all CSI reports in the time slot on a PUCCH resource configured in the multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList (if the transmission code rate exceeds the corresponding PUCCH after multiplexing, some CSI reports may be discarded).

当UE配置了SBFD时间单元后,对于一个时隙的多个CSIPUCCH,可能出现部分CSIPUCCH由于SBFD的配置无法传输的情况。则UE可以先根据SBFD配置确定每个CSIPUCCH是否可以传输,并在可以传输的CSIPUCCH中按照上述规则确定传输的CSI PUCCH。When the UE is configured with SBFD time units, for multiple CSIPUCCHs in a time slot, some CSIPUCCHs may not be transmitted due to the SBFD configuration. The UE can first determine whether each CSIPUCCH can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration, and determine the CSI PUCCH to be transmitted among the CSIPUCCHs that can be transmitted according to the above rules.

另外,相关技术中,当不同优先级的上行信道重叠时,如果UE没有被使能不同优先级间的复用,则UE将取消低优先级的信道,传输高优先级的信道。In addition, in the related art, when uplink channels of different priorities overlap, if the UE is not enabled for multiplexing between different priorities, the UE will cancel the low-priority channel and transmit the high-priority channel.

当UE配置了SBFD时间单元后,对于高优先级的信道,可能出现由于SBFD的配置无法传输的情况。因此UE可以先根据SBFD配置确定高优先级的信道是否可以传输,在该信道可以传输时,UE可以取消与其重叠的低优先级信道;如果该高优先级信道由于SBFD配置无法传输,则UE可以不取消与其重叠的低优先级信道(即在不同信道重叠处理时,不考虑由于SBFD配置无法传输的信道)。When the UE configures the SBFD time unit, for a high-priority channel, it may be impossible to transmit due to the SBFD configuration. Therefore, the UE can first determine whether the high-priority channel can be transmitted according to the SBFD configuration. When the channel can be transmitted, the UE can cancel the low-priority channel overlapping with it; if the high-priority channel cannot be transmitted due to the SBFD configuration, the UE may not cancel the low-priority channel overlapping with it (that is, when processing overlapping of different channels, the channel that cannot be transmitted due to the SBFD configuration is not considered).

综上,本申请实施例能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In summary, the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

本申请实施例提供的上行传输方法,执行主体可以为上行传输装置。本申请实施例中以上行传输装置执行上行传输方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的上行传输装置。The uplink transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by an uplink transmission device. In the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the uplink transmission device performing the uplink transmission method as an example.

参照图6,本申请实施例还提供了一种上行传输装置,可应用于终端。如图6所示,该上行传输装置600包括:Referring to FIG6 , an embodiment of the present application further provides an uplink transmission device, which can be applied to a terminal. As shown in FIG6 , the uplink transmission device 600 includes:

第一处理模块601,用于确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;The first processing module 601 is configured to determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;

第二处理模块602,用于根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The second processing module 602 is used to determine the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

根据第一配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;Determining the target time domain type according to a time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;

根据第二配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;

根据第三配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;

根据第四配置信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission;

根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一调度信息用于动态调度所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission;

根据第二调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二调度信息用于激活所述第一上行传输。The target time domain type is determined according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域类型信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域单元所对应的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的码本所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the codebook indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的传输配置所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.

可选地,所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的下行时域符号;a downlink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的上行时域符号;An uplink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元;A downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元对应的上行时域单元。The uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type to be the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In the case where the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述目标时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of the symbol located at a predefined position in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.

可选地,所述目标时域单元包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

第一时域单元,所述第一时域单元为所述第一上行传输的实际传输对应的时域单元;A first time domain unit, where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;

第二时域单元,所述第二时域单元为所述第一上行传输的名义传输对应的时域单元;a second time domain unit, where the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission;

其中,所述第一时域单元和所述第二时域单元的时域粒度相同或不同。The time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.

可选地,所述第一时域单元包括符号、时隙或子时隙;Optionally, the first time domain unit includes a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot;

或,or,

所述第二时域单元包括时隙或子时隙。The second time domain unit includes a time slot or a sub-time slot.

可选地,所述第二时域单元包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

所述终端根据被配置的所述第一上行传输的周期和偏移所确定的时域单元;The time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission;

所述终端被指示的用来传输混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK的时域单元。The terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;When all symbols of the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are non-SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of a symbol located at a predefined position in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.

可选地,所述第二处理模块包括:Optionally, the second processing module includes:

接收单元,用于接收来自网络侧设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项,所述第一传输配置项与所述SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与所述non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;A receiving unit, configured to receive a first message from a network side device, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, wherein a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type;

第一处理单元,用于根据所述目标时域类型,从所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项中确定目标传输配置项;A first processing unit, configured to determine a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type;

第二处理单元,用于将所述目标传输配置项所关联的传输参数,确定为所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The second processing unit is used to determine the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:

第三处理模块,用于确定所述第一上行传输是否有效,包括如下至少一项:A third processing module is configured to determine whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输的时域单元包括SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效;In a case where the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid;

在所述第一上行传输的频域资源超出SBFD上行子带的范围的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效。In a case where the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:

第四处理模块,用于在确定所述第一上行传输无效的情况下,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:a fourth processing module, configured to, when determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, perform a first operation, wherein the first operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输。The first uplink transmission is canceled.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:

第五处理模块,用于在所述第一上行传输的第三时域单元的时域类型与所述目标时域类型不匹配的情况下,执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:a fifth processing module, configured to perform a second operation when the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, wherein the second operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

按照所述第三时域单元的时域类型所对应的传输参数,传输所述第一上行传输;Transmitting the first uplink transmission according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the time domain type of the third time domain unit;

其中,所述第三时域单元为所述第一上行传输实际传输对应的时域单元。The third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:

第六处理模块,用于在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:A sixth processing module is configured to perform a third operation when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, where the third operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.

可选地,所述第六处理模块具体用于:Optionally, the sixth processing module is specifically configured to:

在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输是否有效;In a case where a channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with a channel of the second uplink transmission, determining whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device;

在确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输有效的情况下,执行所述第三操作。In a case where it is determined that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the third operation is performed.

可选地,所述第三操作包括将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输;Optionally, the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission;

所述装置还包括:The device also includes:

第七处理模块,用于根据所述SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输复用后的信道是否有效。The seventh processing module is used to determine whether the channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information.

可选地,所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输中一者的时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型,另一者的时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;Optionally, the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;

所述装置还包括:The device also includes:

第八处理模块,用于确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。An eighth processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission.

可选地,所述第八处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the eighth processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

将时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

将时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

将优先级更高的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

在重叠信道包括第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH为有对应下行控制信息DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In a case where the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to a transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH being a HARQ-ACK PUCCH having corresponding downlink control information DCI;

在重叠信道包括CSIPUCCH和第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述CSI PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH为没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In the case where the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSI PUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without a corresponding DCI;

在重叠信道包括上行控制信息UCI和物理上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,根据所述PUSCH对应的参数,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。In the case where the overlapping channels include uplink control information UCI and a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission are determined according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.

综上,本申请实施例能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In summary, the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

本申请实施例中的上行传输装置600可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The uplink transmission device 600 in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip. The electronic device can be a terminal, or it can be other devices other than a terminal. Exemplarily, the terminal can include but is not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices can be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

本申请实施例提供的上行传输装置600能够实现图3至图5的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The uplink transmission device 600 provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement the various processes implemented in the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

图7示出本申请实施例提供的一种上行传输配置方法的流程图。如图7所示,上行传输配置方法包括如下步骤:FIG7 shows a flow chart of an uplink transmission configuration method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG7 , the uplink transmission configuration method includes the following steps:

步骤701:网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;其中,所述目标时域类型包括SBFD时域类型或non-SBFD时域类型。Step 701: A network-side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission; wherein the target time domain type includes a SBFD time domain type or a non-SBFD time domain type.

可选地,所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送配置信息或调度信息,包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, including at least one of the following:

所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;The network side device sends first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;

所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;The network side device sends second configuration information to the terminal, where the second configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;

所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;The network side device sends third configuration information to the terminal, where the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;

所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型。The network side device sends fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure a time domain type of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further comprises:

所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项;The network side device sends a first message to the terminal, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item;

其中,所述第一传输配置项与子带全双工SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;There is a mapping relationship between the first transmission configuration item and the sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type, and there is a mapping relationship between the second transmission configuration item and the non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;

所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项均包含传输参数。The first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters.

可选地,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.

本申请实施例的相关说明可参见图3至图5方法实施例的相关说明,并能够达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,对此不作赘述。For the relevant description of the embodiments of the present application, please refer to the relevant description of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5, and the same technical effects can be achieved. To avoid repetition, they will not be described in detail.

综上,本申请实施例能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In summary, the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

本申请实施例提供的上行传输配置方法,执行主体可以为上行传输配置装置。本申请实施例中以上行传输配置装置执行上行传输配置方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的上行传输配置装置。The uplink transmission configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by an uplink transmission configuration device. In the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission configuration device performing the uplink transmission configuration method is taken as an example to illustrate the uplink transmission configuration device provided in the embodiment of the present application.

参照图8,本申请实施例还提供了一种上行传输配置装置,可应用于网络侧设备。如图8所示,该上行传输配置装置800包括:Referring to Figure 8, the embodiment of the present application further provides an uplink transmission configuration device, which can be applied to a network side device. As shown in Figure 8, the uplink transmission configuration device 800 includes:

第一发送模块801,用于向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;A first sending module 801 is used to send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission;

其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。The target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type.

可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first sending module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

向所述终端发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;Sending first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;

向所述终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;Sending second configuration information to the terminal, where the second configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;

向所述终端发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;Sending third configuration information to the terminal, where the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;

向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型。Sending fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure a time domain type of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:

第二发送模块,用于向终端发送第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项;A second sending module, configured to send a first message to a terminal, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item;

其中,所述第一传输配置项与子带全双工SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;There is a mapping relationship between the first transmission configuration item and the sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type, and there is a mapping relationship between the second transmission configuration item and the non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type;

所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项均包含传输参数。The first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters.

可选地,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.

综上,本申请实施例能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In summary, the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

本申请实施例中的上行传输配置装置800可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The uplink transmission configuration device 800 in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip. The electronic device can be a terminal, or it can be other devices other than a terminal. Exemplarily, the terminal can include but is not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices can be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

本申请实施例提供的上行传输配置装置800能够实现图7的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The uplink transmission configuration device 800 provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment of Figure 7 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

可选地,如图9所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备900,包括处理器901和存储器902,存储器902上存储有可在所述处理器901上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备900为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器901执行时实现图3至图5的方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备900为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器901执行时实现上述图7的方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in FIG9 , the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 900, including a processor 901 and a memory 902, wherein the memory 902 stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor 901. For example, when the communication device 900 is a terminal, the program or instruction is executed by the processor 901 to implement the various steps of the method embodiments of FIG3 to FIG5 , and can achieve the same technical effect. When the communication device 900 is a network side device, the program or instruction is executed by the processor 901 to implement the various steps of the method embodiment of FIG7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供一种终端,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如图3至图5所示方法实施例中的步骤。该终端实施例与上述终端侧方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图10为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the steps in the method embodiment shown in Figures 3 to 5. The terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the terminal embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal implementing the embodiment of the present application.

该终端1000包括但不限于:射频单元1001、网络模块1002、音频输出单元1003、输入单元1004、传感器1005、显示单元1006、用户输入单元1007、接口单元1008、存储器1009以及处理器1010等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 1000 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1001, a network module 1002, an audio output unit 1003, an input unit 1004, a sensor 1005, a display unit 1006, a user input unit 1007, an interface unit 1008, a memory 1009 and at least some of the components of a processor 1010.

本领域技术人员可以理解,终端1000还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1010逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图10中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the terminal 1000 may also include a power source (such as a battery) for supplying power to each component, and the power source may be logically connected to the processor 1010 through a power management system, so as to implement functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. The terminal structure shown in FIG10 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange components differently, which will not be described in detail here.

应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元1004可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)10041和麦克风10042,图形处理器10041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1006可包括显示面板10061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板10061。用户输入单元1007包括触控面板10071以及其他输入设备10072中的至少一种。触控面板10071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板10071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备10072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 1004 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 10041 and a microphone 10042, and the graphics processor 10041 processes the image data of the static picture or video obtained by the image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. The display unit 1006 may include a display panel 10061, and the display panel 10061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, etc. The user input unit 1007 includes a touch panel 10071 and at least one of other input devices 10072. The touch panel 10071 is also called a touch screen. The touch panel 10071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 10072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as a volume control key, a switch key, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, and a joystick, which will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例中,射频单元1001接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可以传输给处理器1010进行处理;另外,射频单元1001可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元1001包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the RF unit 1001 can transmit the data to the processor 1010 for processing; in addition, the RF unit 1001 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the RF unit 1001 includes but is not limited to an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, etc.

存储器1009可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1009可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器1009可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器1009可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1009包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory 1009 can be used to store software programs or instructions and various data. The memory 1009 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instruction required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc. In addition, the memory 1009 may include a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or the memory 1009 may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), a static random access memory (SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (DRAM), a synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), a double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), an enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), a synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM) and a direct memory bus random access memory (DRRAM). The memory 1009 in the embodiment of the present application includes but is not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.

处理器1010可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选地,处理器1010集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1010中。The processor 1010 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1010 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes operations related to an operating system, a user interface, and application programs, and the modem processor mainly processes wireless communication signals, such as a baseband processor. It is understandable that the modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1010.

其中,处理器1010用于:The processor 1010 is used for:

确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;Determine a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type;

根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。Determine a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type.

可选地,处理器1010还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

可选地,处理器1010还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

根据第一配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;Determining the target time domain type according to a time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer;

根据第二配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission;

根据第三配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer;

根据第四配置信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission;

根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一调度信息用于动态调度所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission;

根据第二调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二调度信息用于激活所述第一上行传输。The target time domain type is determined according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following:

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域类型信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域单元所对应的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的码本所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the codebook indicated by the first scheduling information;

根据所述第一调度信息所指示的传输配置所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information.

可选地,所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following:

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的下行时域符号;a downlink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的上行时域符号;An uplink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元;A downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission;

所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元对应的上行时域单元。The uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission.

可选地,处理器1010还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type to be the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述目标时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In the case where the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述目标时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of the symbol located at a predefined position in the target time domain unit;

根据所述目标时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit.

可选地,所述目标时域单元包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

第一时域单元,所述第一时域单元为所述第一上行传输的实际传输对应的时域单元;A first time domain unit, where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission;

第二时域单元,所述第二时域单元为所述第一上行传输的名义传输对应的时域单元;a second time domain unit, where the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission;

其中,所述第一时域单元和所述第二时域单元的时域粒度相同或不同。The time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different.

可选地,所述第一时域单元包括符号、时隙或子时隙;Optionally, the first time domain unit includes a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot;

或,or,

所述第二时域单元包括时隙或子时隙。The second time domain unit includes a time slot or a sub-time slot.

可选地,所述第二时域单元包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following:

所述终端根据被配置的所述第一上行传输的周期和偏移所确定的时域单元;The time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission;

所述终端被指示的用来传输混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK的时域单元。The terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK.

可选地,处理器1010还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;When all symbols of the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located are non-SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type;

在所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In a case where a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode;

其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following:

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of a symbol located at a predefined position in the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located;

根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of a time domain unit where a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located.

可选地,射频单元1001用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1001 is used for:

接收来自网络侧设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项,所述第一传输配置项与所述SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与所述non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;receiving a first message from a network side device, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, where the first transmission configuration item has a mapping relationship with the SBFD time domain type, and where the second transmission configuration item has a mapping relationship with the non-SBFD time domain type;

处理器1010还用于:The processor 1010 is further configured to:

根据所述目标时域类型,从所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项中确定目标传输配置项;Determining a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type;

将所述目标传输配置项所关联的传输参数,确定为所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item is determined as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。Optionally, the transmission parameters include at least one of transmission configuration, feedback timing set, time domain resource allocation TDRA, offset value, transmission code rate, power control parameter and beam parameter.

可选地,处理器1010还用于:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to:

确定所述第一上行传输是否有效,包括如下至少一项:Determining whether the first uplink transmission is valid includes at least one of the following:

在所述第一上行传输的时域单元包括SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效;In a case where the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid;

在所述第一上行传输的频域资源超出SBFD上行子带的范围的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效。In a case where the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid.

可选地,处理器1010还用于:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to:

在确定所述第一上行传输无效的情况下,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid, performing a first operation, where the first operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输。The first uplink transmission is canceled.

可选地,处理器1010还用于:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to:

在所述第一上行传输的第三时域单元的时域类型与所述目标时域类型不匹配的情况下,执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, performing a second operation, where the second operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

按照所述第三时域单元的时域类型所对应的传输参数,传输所述第一上行传输;Transmitting the first uplink transmission according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the time domain type of the third time domain unit;

其中,所述第三时域单元为所述第一上行传输实际传输对应的时域单元。The third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission.

可选地,处理器1010还用于:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to:

在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, performing a third operation, where the third operation includes at least one of the following:

推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission;

取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission;

将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission.

可选地,处理器1010还用于:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to:

在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输是否有效;In a case where a channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with a channel of the second uplink transmission, determining whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device;

在确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输有效的情况下,执行所述第三操作。In a case where it is determined that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the third operation is performed.

可选地,所述第三操作包括将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输;Optionally, the third operation includes multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission;

处理器1010还用于:The processor 1010 is further configured to:

根据所述SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输复用后的信道是否有效。Determine whether a channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information.

可选地,所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输中一者的时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型,另一者的时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;Optionally, the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type;

处理器1010还用于:The processor 1010 is further configured to:

确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。Determine a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission.

可选地,处理器1010还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1010 is further configured to perform at least one of the following:

将时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

将时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

将优先级更高的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission;

在重叠信道包括第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH为有对应下行控制信息DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In a case where the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to a transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH being a HARQ-ACK PUCCH having corresponding downlink control information DCI;

在重叠信道包括CSIPUCCH和第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述CSI PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH为没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In the case where the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSI PUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without a corresponding DCI;

在重叠信道包括上行控制信息UCI和物理上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,根据所述PUSCH对应的参数,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。In the case where the overlapping channels include uplink control information UCI and a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission are determined according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH.

综上,本申请实施例能够使终端较合理地确定SBFD配置下的上行传输参数,从而能够使终端在SBFD配置下较合理地进行上行传输,进而能够确保终端的通信性能。In summary, the embodiments of the present application enable the terminal to more reasonably determine the uplink transmission parameters under the SBFD configuration, thereby enabling the terminal to more reasonably perform uplink transmission under the SBFD configuration, thereby ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.

可以理解,本实施例中提及的各实现方式的实现过程可以参照图3至图5的方法实施例的相关描述,并达到相同或相应的技术效果,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the implementation process of each implementation method mentioned in this embodiment can refer to the relevant description of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5, and achieve the same or corresponding technical effects. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如图7所示的方法实施例的步骤。该网络侧设备实施例与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the steps of the method embodiment shown in Figure 7. The network side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to the network side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.

具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图11所示,该网络侧设备1100包括:天线111、射频装置112、基带装置113、处理器114和存储器115。天线111与射频装置112连接。在上行方向上,射频装置112通过天线111接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置113进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置113对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置112,射频装置112对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线111发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in Figure 11, the network side device 1100 includes: an antenna 111, a radio frequency device 112, a baseband device 113, a processor 114 and a memory 115. The antenna 111 is connected to the radio frequency device 112. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 112 receives information through the antenna 111 and sends the received information to the baseband device 113 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 113 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 112. The radio frequency device 112 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 111.

以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置113中实现,该基带装置113包括基带处理器。The method executed by the network-side device in the above embodiment may be implemented in the baseband device 113, which includes a baseband processor.

基带装置113例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图11所示,其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器,通过总线接口与存储器115连接,以调用存储器115中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的终端或网络侧设备所执行的操作。The baseband device 113 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, on which a plurality of chips are arranged, as shown in FIG11 , wherein one of the chips is, for example, a baseband processor, which is connected to the memory 115 through a bus interface to call a program in the memory 115 and execute the operations performed by the terminal or network side device shown in the above method embodiment.

该网络侧设备还可以包括网络接口116,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。The network side device may also include a network interface 116, which is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).

具体地,本申请实施例的网络侧设备110还包括:存储在存储器115上并可在处理器114上运行的指令或程序,处理器114调用存储器115中的指令或程序执行图8所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network side device 110 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 115 and executable on the processor 114. The processor 114 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 115 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in Figure 8 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述图3至图5的方法实施例的各个过程,或实现上述图7的方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored. When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the program or instruction implements the various processes of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 above, or implements the various processes of the method embodiment of Figure 7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述终端中的处理器,或为上述实施例中所述网络侧设备的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。在一些示例中,可读存储介质可以是非瞬态的可读存储介质。The processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment, or the processor of the network side device described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes a computer readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory ROM, a random access memory RAM, a magnetic disk or an optical disk. In some examples, the readable storage medium may be a non-transient readable storage medium.

本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述图3至图5的方法实施例的各个过程,或实现上述图7的方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which includes a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the various processes of the method embodiments of Figures 3 to 5 above, or to implement the various processes of the method embodiment of Figure 7 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.

本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述终端的上行传输方法实施例的各个过程,或实现上述网络侧设备的上行传输配置方法实施例的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product, which is stored in a storage medium, and is executed by at least one processor to implement the various processes of the uplink transmission method embodiment of the above-mentioned terminal, or to implement the various processes of the uplink transmission configuration method embodiment of the above-mentioned network side device. To avoid repetition, they are not repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:终端和网络侧设备,所述终端可用于执行终端侧的上行传输方法的步骤,所述网络侧设备可用于执行网络侧设备的上行传输配置方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a terminal and a network side device, wherein the terminal can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission method on the terminal side, and the network side device can be used to execute the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method of the network side device.

需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this article, the terms "comprise", "include" or any other variant thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that the process, method, article or device including a series of elements includes not only those elements, but also includes other elements not explicitly listed, or also includes elements inherent to such process, method, article or device. In the absence of further restrictions, the elements defined by the sentence "comprise one..." do not exclude the presence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device including the element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved, for example, the described method may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. In addition, the features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.

通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对相关技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络侧设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above implementation methods, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the above-mentioned embodiment methods can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation method. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application, or the part that contributes to the relevant technology, can be embodied in the form of a computer software product, which is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk), including a number of instructions for a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network side device, etc.) to execute the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.

上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application are described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementation methods. The above-mentioned specific implementation methods are merely illustrative and not restrictive. Under the guidance of the present application, ordinary technicians in this field can also make many forms without departing from the purpose of the present application and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which are within the protection of the present application.

Claims (42)

一种上行传输方法,包括:An uplink transmission method, comprising: 终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;The terminal determines a target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, where the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; 所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, a transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述终端确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal determines the target time domain type corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following: 所述终端根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to configuration information or scheduling information; 所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to a time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located; 所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information, including at least one of the following: 所述终端根据第一配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer; 所述终端根据第二配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;The terminal determines, according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, the target time domain type, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission; 所述终端根据第三配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer; 所述终端根据第四配置信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型;The terminal determines, according to fourth configuration information, the target time domain type, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission; 所述终端根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一调度信息用于动态调度所述第一上行传输;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission; 所述终端根据第二调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二调度信息用于激活所述第一上行传输。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 3, wherein the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the first scheduling information, including at least one of the following: 所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域类型信息,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information; 所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域单元所对应的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information; 所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的码本所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining, by the terminal, the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the codebook indicated by the first scheduling information; 所述终端根据所述第一调度信息所指示的传输配置所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The terminal determines the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the time domain unit in which the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located includes at least one of the following: 所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的下行时域符号;a downlink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission; 所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束符号对应的上行时域符号;An uplink time domain symbol corresponding to an end symbol of a downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission; 所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元;A downlink time domain unit corresponding to an end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission; 所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输的结束位置对应的下行时域单元对应的上行时域单元。The uplink time domain unit corresponds to the downlink time domain unit corresponding to the end position of the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal determines the target time domain type according to the target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission, including at least one of the following: 在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元被配置或被指示为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured or indicated as a non-SBFD time domain unit, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, the terminal determines the target time domain type according to a target mode; 其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following: 根据所述目标时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the target time domain unit; 根据所述目标时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of the symbol located at a predefined position in the target time domain unit; 根据所述目标时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit. 根据权利要求2或6所述的方法,其中,所述目标时域单元包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2 or 6, wherein the target time domain unit includes at least one of the following: 第一时域单元,所述第一时域单元为所述第一上行传输的实际传输对应的时域单元;A first time domain unit, where the first time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission; 第二时域单元,所述第二时域单元为所述第一上行传输的名义传输对应的时域单元;a second time domain unit, where the second time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to the nominal transmission of the first uplink transmission; 其中,所述第一时域单元和所述第二时域单元的时域粒度相同或不同。The time domain granularities of the first time domain unit and the second time domain unit are the same or different. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一时域单元包括符号、时隙或子时隙;The method according to claim 7, wherein the first time domain unit comprises a symbol, a time slot or a sub-time slot; 或,or, 所述第二时域单元包括时隙或子时隙。The second time domain unit includes a time slot or a sub-time slot. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其中,所述第二时域单元包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the second time domain unit includes at least one of the following: 所述终端根据被配置的所述第一上行传输的周期和偏移所确定的时域单元;The time domain unit determined by the terminal according to the configured period and offset of the first uplink transmission; 所述终端被指示的用来传输混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK的时域单元。The terminal is instructed to use a time domain unit for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request answer HARQ-ACK. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the terminal determines, according to the target time domain type, the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission, comprising: 所述终端接收来自网络侧设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项,所述第一传输配置项与所述SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与所述non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;The terminal receives a first message from a network-side device, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, where a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and where a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type; 所述终端根据所述目标时域类型,从所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项中确定目标传输配置项;Determining, by the terminal, a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type; 所述终端将所述目标传输配置项所关联的传输参数,确定为所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The terminal determines the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the transmission parameters include at least one of a transmission configuration, a feedback timing set, a time domain resource allocation TDRA, an offset value, a transmission code rate, a power control parameter and a beam parameter. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising: 所述终端确定所述第一上行传输是否有效,包括如下至少一项:The terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following: 在所述第一上行传输的时域单元包括SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一上行传输无效;In a case where the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid; 在所述第一上行传输的频域资源超出SBFD上行子带的范围的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一上行传输无效。In a case where the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, the terminal determines that the first uplink transmission is invalid. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,还包括:The method according to claim 12, further comprising: 所述终端在确定所述第一上行传输无效的情况下,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:When determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, the terminal performs a first operation, where the first operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输。The first uplink transmission is canceled. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, further comprising: 在所述第一上行传输的第三时域单元的时域类型与所述目标时域类型不匹配的情况下,所述终端执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, the terminal performs a second operation, where the second operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission; 按照所述第三时域单元的时域类型所对应的传输参数,传输所述第一上行传输;Transmitting the first uplink transmission according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the time domain type of the third time domain unit; 其中,所述第三时域单元为所述第一上行传输实际传输对应的时域单元。The third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further comprising: 在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:In a case where the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal performs a third operation, where the third operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission; 将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端执行第三操作,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein, when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, the terminal performs a third operation, comprising: 在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,所述终端根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输是否有效;In a case where a channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with a channel of the second uplink transmission, the terminal determines whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device; 所述终端在确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输有效的情况下,执行所述第三操作。When determining that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the terminal performs the third operation. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第三操作包括将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输;The method according to claim 15, wherein the third operation comprises multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission for transmission; 在所述终端将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输之后,所述方法还包括:After the terminal multiplexes the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission, the method further includes: 所述终端根据所述SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输复用后的信道是否有效。The terminal determines, according to the SBFD configuration information, whether a channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输中一者的时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型,另一者的时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;The method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type; 所述方法还包括:The method further comprises: 所述终端确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。The terminal determines a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述终端确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 18, wherein the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission, including at least one of the following: 所述终端将时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines, as the transmission parameter of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameter corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type; 所述终端将时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines, as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission, the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type; 所述终端将优先级更高的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;The terminal determines the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission; 在重叠信道包括第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH为有对应下行控制信息DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In a case where the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the terminal determines the transmission parameter or transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, and the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH with corresponding downlink control information DCI; 在重叠信道包括CSI PUCCH和第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述CSI PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH为没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In the case where the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSI PUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without a corresponding DCI; 在重叠信道包括上行控制信息UCI和物理上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,所述终端根据所述PUSCH对应的参数,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。In the case where the overlapping channels include uplink control information UCI and a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the terminal determines the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH. 一种上行传输配置方法,包括:An uplink transmission configuration method, comprising: 网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;The network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for the first uplink transmission; 其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。The target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送配置信息或调度信息,包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 20, wherein the network side device sends configuration information or scheduling information to the terminal, including at least one of the following: 所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;The network side device sends first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer; 所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;The network side device sends second configuration information to the terminal, where the second configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission; 所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;The network side device sends third configuration information to the terminal, where the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure a resource set of K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer; 所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型。The network side device sends fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure a time domain type of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, further comprising: 所述网络侧设备向终端发送第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项;The network side device sends a first message to the terminal, where the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item; 其中,所述第一传输配置项与子带全双工SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;There is a mapping relationship between the first transmission configuration item and the sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type, and there is a mapping relationship between the second transmission configuration item and the non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; 所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项均包含传输参数。The first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述传输参数包括传输配置,反馈定时集合、时域资源分配TDRA、偏移值、传输码率、功率控制参数和波束参数中的至少一项。The method according to claim 22, wherein the transmission parameters include at least one of a transmission configuration, a feedback timing set, a time domain resource allocation TDRA, an offset value, a transmission code rate, a power control parameter and a beam parameter. 一种上行传输装置,应用于终端,所述装置包括:An uplink transmission device, applied to a terminal, comprising: 第一处理模块,用于确定第一上行传输对应的目标时域类型,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型;A first processing module, configured to determine a target time domain type corresponding to a first uplink transmission, wherein the target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; 第二处理模块,用于根据所述目标时域类型,确定所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The second processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters of the first uplink transmission according to the target time domain type. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其中,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 根据配置信息或调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the configuration information or the scheduling information; 根据所述第一上行传输对应的下行传输所在时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain unit where the downlink transmission corresponding to the first uplink transmission is located; 根据所述第一上行传输对应的目标时域单元,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a target time domain unit corresponding to the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其中,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 根据第一配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;Determining the target time domain type according to a time domain type associated with first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer; 根据第二配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission; 根据第三配置信息所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;Determine the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer; 根据第四配置信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型;Determine the target time domain type according to fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure the time domain type of the first uplink transmission; 根据第一调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第一调度信息用于动态调度所述第一上行传输;Determining the target time domain type according to first scheduling information, where the first scheduling information is used to dynamically schedule the first uplink transmission; 根据第二调度信息,确定所述目标时域类型,所述第二调度信息用于激活所述第一上行传输。The target time domain type is determined according to second scheduling information, where the second scheduling information is used to activate the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其中,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域类型信息,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type information indicated by the first scheduling information; 根据所述第一调度信息所指示的时域单元所对应的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type corresponding to the time domain unit indicated by the first scheduling information; 根据所述第一调度信息所指示的码本所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type associated with the codebook indicated by the first scheduling information; 根据所述第一调度信息所指示的传输配置所关联的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to the time domain type associated with the transmission configuration indicated by the first scheduling information. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其中,所述第一处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the first processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 在所述目标时域单元被配置为SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured as a SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元被配置为non-SBFD时域单元的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where the target time domain unit is configured as a non-SBFD time domain unit, determining that the target time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are SBFD symbols, determining that the target time domain type is the SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元的全部符号均为non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述目标时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;In a case where all symbols of the target time domain unit are non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type to be the non-SBFD time domain type; 在所述目标时域单元同时包含SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,根据目标方式确定所述目标时域类型;In the case where the target time domain unit includes both SBFD symbols and non-SBFD symbols, determining the target time domain type according to a target mode; 其中,所述目标方式包括如下至少一项:The target method includes at least one of the following: 根据所述目标时域单元所包含的SBFD符号的数量和non-SBFD符号的数量,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the number of SBFD symbols and the number of non-SBFD symbols included in the target time domain unit; 根据所述目标时域单元中位于预定义位置的符号的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型;Determining the target time domain type according to the time domain type of the symbol located at a predefined position in the target time domain unit; 根据所述目标时域单元的预定义或默认的时域类型,确定所述目标时域类型。The target time domain type is determined according to a predefined or default time domain type of the target time domain unit. 根据权利要求24至28中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第二处理模块包括:The device according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein the second processing module comprises: 接收单元,用于接收来自网络侧设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项,所述第一传输配置项与所述SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与所述non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;A receiving unit, configured to receive a first message from a network side device, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item, wherein a mapping relationship exists between the first transmission configuration item and the SBFD time domain type, and a mapping relationship exists between the second transmission configuration item and the non-SBFD time domain type; 第一处理单元,用于根据所述目标时域类型,从所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项中确定目标传输配置项;A first processing unit, configured to determine a target transmission configuration item from the first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item according to the target time domain type; 第二处理单元,用于将所述目标传输配置项所关联的传输参数,确定为所述第一上行传输的传输参数。The second processing unit is used to determine the transmission parameter associated with the target transmission configuration item as the transmission parameter of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求24至29中任一项所述的装置,还包括:The device according to any one of claims 24 to 29, further comprising: 第三处理模块,用于确定所述第一上行传输是否有效,包括如下至少一项:A third processing module is configured to determine whether the first uplink transmission is valid, including at least one of the following: 在所述第一上行传输的时域单元包括SBFD符号和non-SBFD符号的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效;In a case where the time domain unit of the first uplink transmission includes an SBFD symbol and a non-SBFD symbol, determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid; 在所述第一上行传输的频域资源超出SBFD上行子带的范围的情况下,确定所述第一上行传输无效。In a case where the frequency domain resources of the first uplink transmission exceed the range of the SBFD uplink subband, it is determined that the first uplink transmission is invalid. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,还包括:The apparatus according to claim 30, further comprising: 第四处理模块,用于在确定所述第一上行传输无效的情况下,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括如下至少一项:a fourth processing module, configured to, when determining that the first uplink transmission is invalid, perform a first operation, wherein the first operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输。The first uplink transmission is canceled. 根据权利要求24至31中任一项所述的装置,还包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 24 to 31, further comprising: 第五处理模块,用于在所述第一上行传输的第三时域单元的时域类型与所述目标时域类型不匹配的情况下,执行第二操作,所述第二操作包括如下至少一项:a fifth processing module, configured to perform a second operation when the time domain type of the third time domain unit of the first uplink transmission does not match the target time domain type, wherein the second operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission; 按照所述第三时域单元的时域类型所对应的传输参数,传输所述第一上行传输;Transmitting the first uplink transmission according to the transmission parameters corresponding to the time domain type of the third time domain unit; 其中,所述第三时域单元为所述第一上行传输实际传输对应的时域单元。The third time domain unit is a time domain unit corresponding to actual transmission of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求24至32中任一项所述的装置,还包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 24 to 32, further comprising: 第六处理模块,用于在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括如下至少一项:A sixth processing module is configured to perform a third operation when the first uplink transmission channel overlaps with the second uplink transmission channel, where the third operation includes at least one of the following: 推迟所述第一上行传输;postponing the first uplink transmission; 取消所述第一上行传输;canceling the first uplink transmission; 将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输。The first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are multiplexed for transmission. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其中,所述第六处理模块具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the sixth processing module is specifically configured to: 在所述第一上行传输的信道与第二上行传输的信道重叠的情况下,根据来自网络侧设备的SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输是否有效;In a case where a channel of the first uplink transmission overlaps with a channel of the second uplink transmission, determining whether the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid according to SBFD configuration information from a network-side device; 在确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输有效的情况下,执行所述第三操作。In a case where it is determined that the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission are valid, the third operation is performed. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其中,所述第三操作包括将所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输进行复用传输;The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the third operation comprises multiplexing the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission for transmission; 所述装置还包括:The device also includes: 第七处理模块,用于根据所述SBFD配置信息确定所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输复用后的信道是否有效。The seventh processing module is used to determine whether the channel multiplexed by the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is valid according to the SBFD configuration information. 根据权利要求33至35中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一上行传输和所述第二上行传输中一者的时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型,另一者的时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型;The apparatus according to any one of claims 33 to 35, wherein the time domain type of one of the first uplink transmission and the second uplink transmission is the SBFD time domain type, and the time domain type of the other is the non-SBFD time domain type; 所述装置还包括:The device also includes: 第八处理模块,用于确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。An eighth processing module is used to determine the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其中,所述第八处理模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein the eighth processing module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 将时域类型为所述SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission; 将时域类型为所述non-SBFD时域类型的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission whose time domain type is the non-SBFD time domain type as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission; 将优先级更高的上行传输对应的传输参数,确定为所述复用传输的传输参数;Determine the transmission parameters corresponding to the uplink transmission with a higher priority as the transmission parameters of the multiplexed transmission; 在重叠信道包括第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第一HARQ-ACK PUCCH为有对应下行控制信息DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In a case where the overlapping channel includes a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining a transmission parameter or a transmission resource of the multiplexed transmission according to a transmission configuration item corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH, the first HARQ-ACK PUCCH being a HARQ-ACK PUCCH having corresponding downlink control information DCI; 在重叠信道包括CSI PUCCH和第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH的情况下,根据所述CSI PUCCH对应的传输配置项,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源,所述第二HARQ-ACK PUCCH为没有对应DCI的HARQ-ACK PUCCH;In the case where the overlapping channel includes a CSI PUCCH and a second HARQ-ACK PUCCH, determining the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexed transmission according to the transmission configuration item corresponding to the CSI PUCCH, and the second HARQ-ACK PUCCH is a HARQ-ACK PUCCH without a corresponding DCI; 在重叠信道包括上行控制信息UCI和物理上行共享信道PUSCH的情况下,根据所述PUSCH对应的参数,确定所述复用传输的传输参数或传输资源。In the case where the overlapping channels include uplink control information UCI and a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, the transmission parameters or transmission resources of the multiplexing transmission are determined according to the parameters corresponding to the PUSCH. 一种上行传输配置装置,应用于网络侧设备,所述装置包括:An uplink transmission configuration device, applied to a network side device, comprising: 第一发送模块,用于向终端发送配置信息或调度信息,所述配置信息或所述调度信息用于确定第一上行传输的目标时域类型;A first sending module, used to send configuration information or scheduling information to a terminal, where the configuration information or the scheduling information is used to determine a target time domain type for a first uplink transmission; 其中,所述目标时域类型包括子带全双工SBFD时域类型或非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型。The target time domain type includes a sub-band full-duplex (SBFD) time domain type or a non-sub-band full-duplex (non-SBFD) time domain type. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其中,所述第一发送模块具体用于如下至少一项:The apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the first sending module is specifically used for at least one of the following: 向所述终端发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第一配置信息用于预配置M个上行传输的传输配置,所述M个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,M为正整数;Sending first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the first configuration information is used to pre-configure transmission configurations of M uplink transmissions, where the M uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and M is a positive integer; 向所述终端发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第二配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输;Sending second configuration information to the terminal, where the second configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the second configuration information is used to pre-configure the first uplink transmission; 向所述终端发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息关联有对应的时域类型,所述第三配置信息用于预配置K个上行传输的资源集,所述K个上行传输包括所述第一上行传输,K为正整数;Sending third configuration information to the terminal, where the third configuration information is associated with a corresponding time domain type, and the third configuration information is used to pre-configure resource sets for K uplink transmissions, where the K uplink transmissions include the first uplink transmission, and K is a positive integer; 向所述终端发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于预配置所述第一上行传输的时域类型。Sending fourth configuration information to the terminal, where the fourth configuration information is used to pre-configure a time domain type of the first uplink transmission. 根据权利要求38或39所述的装置,还包括:The apparatus according to claim 38 or 39, further comprising: 第二发送模块,用于向终端发送第一消息,所述第一消息包含第一传输配置项和第二传输配置项;A second sending module, configured to send a first message to a terminal, wherein the first message includes a first transmission configuration item and a second transmission configuration item; 其中,所述第一传输配置项与子带全双工SBFD时域类型存在映射关系,所述第二传输配置项与非子带全双工non-SBFD时域类型存在映射关系;There is a mapping relationship between the first transmission configuration item and the sub-band full-duplex SBFD time domain type, and there is a mapping relationship between the second transmission configuration item and the non-sub-band full-duplex non-SBFD time domain type; 所述第一传输配置项和所述第二传输配置项均包含传输参数。The first transmission configuration item and the second transmission configuration item both include transmission parameters. 一种通信设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的上行传输方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求20至23中任一项所述的上行传输配置方法的步骤。A communication device comprises a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the uplink transmission method as described in any one of claims 1 to 19 are implemented, or the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method as described in any one of claims 20 to 23 are implemented. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的上行传输方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求20至23中任一项所述的上行传输配置方法的步骤。A readable storage medium storing a program or instruction, wherein the program or instruction, when executed by a processor, implements the steps of the uplink transmission method as described in any one of claims 1 to 19, or implements the steps of the uplink transmission configuration method as described in any one of claims 20 to 23.
PCT/CN2024/136252 2023-12-07 2024-12-03 Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device Pending WO2025119149A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202311678571.6 2023-12-07
CN202311678571.6A CN120129060A (en) 2023-12-07 2023-12-07 Uplink transmission method, uplink transmission configuration method, device and communication equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025119149A1 true WO2025119149A1 (en) 2025-06-12

Family

ID=95914356

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/136252 Pending WO2025119149A1 (en) 2023-12-07 2024-12-03 Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120129060A (en)
WO (1) WO2025119149A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110248402A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-17 华为技术有限公司 A kind of Poewr control method and equipment
CN116170862A (en) * 2021-11-22 2023-05-26 华为技术有限公司 A power determination method and communication device
US20230199730A1 (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission in full-duplex systems
CN116636290A (en) * 2023-03-31 2023-08-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Channel transmission method and device, storage medium
CN116830747A (en) * 2023-04-25 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information processing method, apparatus, communication device and storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110248402A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-17 华为技术有限公司 A kind of Poewr control method and equipment
CN116170862A (en) * 2021-11-22 2023-05-26 华为技术有限公司 A power determination method and communication device
US20230199730A1 (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission in full-duplex systems
CN116636290A (en) * 2023-03-31 2023-08-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Channel transmission method and device, storage medium
CN116830747A (en) * 2023-04-25 2023-09-29 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information processing method, apparatus, communication device and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120129060A (en) 2025-06-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10904919B2 (en) Information feedback method, base station, terminal and storage medium
CN114374486B (en) HARQ-ACK transmission method, terminal and network side device
US20240356692A1 (en) Frequency hopping method and apparatus for uplink transmission, indication method and apparatus, terminal, and network-side device
US20230189276A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and device, and readable storage medium
US20250175987A1 (en) Information configuration method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and readable storage medium
CN114745083A (en) Information transmission method, device, terminal and network equipment
WO2024140522A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, and network side device
WO2025119149A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2025119150A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and apparatus, uplink transmission configuration method and apparatus, and communication device
US20250168830A1 (en) Information configuration method and apparatus, terminal, network-side device, and readable storage medium
WO2025140693A1 (en) Pucch transmission method, terminal, and network side device
US20230361942A1 (en) Uplink data sending method and configuration method, terminal, and network side device
WO2025130848A1 (en) Harq-ack information transmission method, terminal, and network side device
WO2025140694A1 (en) Pucch transmission method, terminal, and network side device
WO2024140634A1 (en) Transmission method, device and readable storage medium
WO2025130733A1 (en) Transmission method for sps harq-ack, and terminal and network-side device
CN119496589A (en) Time domain unit type determination method, device, terminal and network side equipment
WO2024235067A1 (en) Flexible-duplex implementation method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and medium
CN117134868A (en) HARQ-ACK feedback method, terminal and network side equipment
CN120456311A (en) Channel determination method, channel scheduling method, device and communication equipment
WO2025092849A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, terminal, and network side device
WO2025146164A1 (en) Repetition transmission method and apparatus
WO2025026165A1 (en) Transmission method and apparatus, terminal, and readable storage medium
WO2025108100A1 (en) Channel repeat transmission method and apparatus, and ue, network-side device and storage medium
CN121077866A (en) Resource conflict handling methods, devices, terminals and network-side equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24899787

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1